US20090054524A1 - Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors - Google Patents
Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20090054524A1 US20090054524A1 US12/217,940 US21794008A US2009054524A1 US 20090054524 A1 US20090054524 A1 US 20090054524A1 US 21794008 A US21794008 A US 21794008A US 2009054524 A1 US2009054524 A1 US 2009054524A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- ikk
- activity
- compound
- ikkβ
- present
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 76
- 239000003458 I kappa b kinase inhibitor Substances 0.000 title description 4
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 102
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 48
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 45
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 39
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 38
- -1 cyclopentenone prostaglandin Chemical class 0.000 claims description 82
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims description 41
- BZKFMUIJRXWWQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopentenone Chemical compound O=C1CCC=C1 BZKFMUIJRXWWQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 claims description 22
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 claims description 22
- 101000979342 Homo sapiens Nuclear factor NF-kappa-B p105 subunit Proteins 0.000 claims description 18
- 102100023050 Nuclear factor NF-kappa-B p105 subunit Human genes 0.000 claims description 18
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 abstract description 100
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 abstract description 18
- 229940111134 coxibs Drugs 0.000 abstract description 13
- 239000003255 cyclooxygenase 2 inhibitor Substances 0.000 abstract description 13
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 12
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 8
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 abstract description 7
- 102100027456 Cytochrome c oxidase subunit 2 Human genes 0.000 abstract 2
- 101000725401 Homo sapiens Cytochrome c oxidase subunit 2 Proteins 0.000 abstract 2
- 101000605127 Homo sapiens Prostaglandin G/H synthase 2 Proteins 0.000 abstract 2
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 105
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 100
- 101100508533 Drosophila melanogaster IKKbeta gene Proteins 0.000 description 64
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 description 54
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 51
- BGKHCLZFGPIKKU-LDDQNKHRSA-N prostaglandin A1 Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1C=CC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCCCCC(O)=O BGKHCLZFGPIKKU-LDDQNKHRSA-N 0.000 description 49
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 49
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 35
- YZXBAPSDXZZRGB-DOFZRALJSA-N arachidonic acid Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O YZXBAPSDXZZRGB-DOFZRALJSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 32
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 31
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 31
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 29
- 102000000852 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 29
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 29
- 108010057466 NF-kappa B Proteins 0.000 description 28
- 102000003945 NF-kappa B Human genes 0.000 description 28
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 28
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 27
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 25
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 23
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 22
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 22
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 22
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 21
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 21
- 230000034190 positive regulation of NF-kappaB transcription factor activity Effects 0.000 description 21
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 20
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 20
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 108010014632 NF-kappa B kinase Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 102000019148 NF-kappaB-inducing kinase activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 17
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 229940094443 oxytocics prostaglandins Drugs 0.000 description 17
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 16
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 16
- 108010037462 Cyclooxygenase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 102100038280 Prostaglandin G/H synthase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 15
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- 229940114079 arachidonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 235000021342 arachidonic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 15
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 14
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 14
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 13
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 13
- FMNQRUKVXAQEAZ-JNRFBPFXSA-N (5z,8s,9r,10e,12s)-9,12-dihydroxy-8-[(1s)-1-hydroxy-3-oxopropyl]heptadeca-5,10-dienoic acid Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@@H](O)[C@H]([C@@H](O)CC=O)C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O FMNQRUKVXAQEAZ-JNRFBPFXSA-N 0.000 description 12
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 11
- 102000048176 Prostaglandin-D synthases Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 108030003866 Prostaglandin-D synthases Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000000770 proinflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 11
- 125000004400 (C1-C12) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 108010055717 JNK Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 108010016731 PPAR gamma Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 10
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000000021 kinase assay Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 10
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 9
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102100038825 Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 9
- VNYSSYRCGWBHLG-AMOLWHMGSA-N leukotriene B4 Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C[C@@H](O)\C=C\C=C\C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCC(O)=O VNYSSYRCGWBHLG-AMOLWHMGSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 102000002574 p38 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108010068338 p38 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 9
- BHMBVRSPMRCCGG-OUTUXVNYSA-N prostaglandin D2 Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@@H]1[C@@H](C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O)[C@@H](O)CC1=O BHMBVRSPMRCCGG-OUTUXVNYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 8
- 101000950695 Homo sapiens Mitogen-activated protein kinase 8 Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102100037808 Mitogen-activated protein kinase 8 Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 102000018745 NF-KappaB Inhibitor alpha Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108010052419 NF-KappaB Inhibitor alpha Proteins 0.000 description 8
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 8
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 7
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 7
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000006710 (C2-C12) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 6
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 6
- XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-ARSRFYASSA-N dinoprostone Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1[C@H](O)CC(=O)[C@@H]1C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-ARSRFYASSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 6
- PRFXRIUZNKLRHM-HKVRTXJWSA-N prostaglandin B2 Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\C1=C(C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O)C(=O)CC1 PRFXRIUZNKLRHM-HKVRTXJWSA-N 0.000 description 6
- GMVPRGQOIOIIMI-DWKJAMRDSA-N prostaglandin E1 Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1[C@H](O)CC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCCCCC(O)=O GMVPRGQOIOIIMI-DWKJAMRDSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DZUXGQBLFALXCR-CDIPTNKSSA-N prostaglandin F1alpha Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)[C@@H]1CCCCCCC(O)=O DZUXGQBLFALXCR-CDIPTNKSSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102100037611 Lysophospholipase Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108020002496 Lysophospholipase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 5
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 4
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 4
- 102100035593 POU domain, class 2, transcription factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101710084414 POU domain, class 2, transcription factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000037065 Subacute sclerosing leukoencephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010042297 Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 4
- FWFSEYBSWVRWGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohex-2-enone Chemical class O=C1CCCC=C1 FWFSEYBSWVRWGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 238000002337 electrophoretic mobility shift assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 229940027941 immunoglobulin g Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011533 pre-incubation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 4
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 4
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 4
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 4
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710082439 Hemagglutinin A Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 0 [1*]c1C(=O)C=CCC1[2*] Chemical compound [1*]c1C(=O)C=CCC1[2*] 0.000 description 3
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000017128 negative regulation of NF-kappaB transcription factor activity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002826 nitrites Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007899 nucleic acid hybridization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentofuranose Chemical group OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 3
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZIIUUSVHCHPIQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-trimethyl-N-[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]benzenesulfonamide Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1 ZIIUUSVHCHPIQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000972773 Aulopiformes Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- VHRUMKCAEVRUBK-PHUCASRXSA-N CCCCC/C=C/C=C1/C(=O)C=C[C@H]1C/C=C/CCCC(=O)O Chemical compound CCCCC/C=C/C=C1/C(=O)C=C[C@H]1C/C=C/CCCC(=O)O VHRUMKCAEVRUBK-PHUCASRXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000016289 Cell Adhesion Molecules Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010067225 Cell Adhesion Molecules Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000005526 G1 to G0 transition Effects 0.000 description 2
- DHCLVCXQIBBOPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerol 2-phosphate Chemical compound OCC(CO)OP(O)(O)=O DHCLVCXQIBBOPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000004950 I-kappaB phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283953 Lagomorpha Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000006845 Michael addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000011779 Nitric Oxide Synthase Type II Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010076864 Nitric Oxide Synthase Type II Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010064785 Phospholipases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000015439 Phospholipases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282849 Ruminantia Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000038016 acute inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000006022 acute inflammation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007818 agglutination assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940045988 antineoplastic drug protein kinase inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001728 carbonyl compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035605 chemotaxis Effects 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960002086 dextran Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006806 disease prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002509 fluorescent in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003862 glucocorticoid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012133 immunoprecipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000411 inducer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001638 lipofection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000003909 protein kinase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019515 salmon Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940037128 systemic glucocorticoids Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 2
- URAYPUMNDPQOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N triacetin Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC(OC(C)=O)COC(C)=O URAYPUMNDPQOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000034512 ubiquitination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010798 ubiquitination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000024883 vasodilation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 2
- LOGFVTREOLYCPF-KXNHARMFSA-N (2s,3r)-2-[[(2r)-1-[(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-hydroxybutanoic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN LOGFVTREOLYCPF-KXNHARMFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASWBNKHCZGQVJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-hexadecanoyloxy-2-hydroxypropyl) 2-(trimethylazaniumyl)ethyl phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C ASWBNKHCZGQVJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004973 1-butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006039 1-hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006023 1-pentenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006017 1-propenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108020004465 16S ribosomal RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UFBJCMHMOXMLKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dinitrophenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O UFBJCMHMOXMLKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004974 2-butenyl group Chemical group C(C=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006040 2-hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003229 2-methylhexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- KPGXRSRHYNQIFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-oxoglutaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(=O)C(O)=O KPGXRSRHYNQIFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006024 2-pentenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FAWLNURBQMTKEB-URDPEVQOSA-N 213546-53-3 Chemical compound N([C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(O)=O)C(C)C)C(C)C)C(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)N)C(C)C FAWLNURBQMTKEB-URDPEVQOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005065 3' Flanking Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000004975 3-butenyl group Chemical group C(CC=C)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006041 3-hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- XZKIHKMTEMTJQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Nitrophenyl Phosphate Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 XZKIHKMTEMTJQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006042 4-hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108020005029 5' Flanking Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000006043 5-hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010039627 Aprotinin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010011485 Aspartame Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspirin Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000031504 Asymptomatic Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VGGGPCQERPFHOB-MCIONIFRSA-N Bestatin Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 VGGGPCQERPFHOB-MCIONIFRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGGGPCQERPFHOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bestatin Natural products CC(C)CC(C(O)=O)NC(=O)C(O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 VGGGPCQERPFHOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000167854 Bourreria succulenta Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RNTYULWACINMBL-RRABGKBLSA-N C=C(C)(C)=C/C=C/CCCCC.CC(C)(C)CCCCCCC(=O)O Chemical compound C=C(C)(C)=C/C=C/CCCCC.CC(C)(C)CCCCCCC(=O)O RNTYULWACINMBL-RRABGKBLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWFZJQSVNAAUKH-XPBYRYROSA-N CC(C)(C)C/C=C/CCCC(=O)O.CCCCC[C@H](O)/C=C/C(C)(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C/C=C/CCCC(=O)O.CCCCC[C@H](O)/C=C/C(C)(C)C QWFZJQSVNAAUKH-XPBYRYROSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020004638 Circular DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 108091033380 Coding strand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000186216 Corynebacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001125671 Eretmochelys imbricata Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001917 Ficoll Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010073178 Glucan 1,4-alpha-Glucosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100022624 Glucoamylase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000000039 Heat Shock Transcription Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050008339 Heat Shock Transcription Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000209 Hexadimethrine bromide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010020843 Hyperthermia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108060006678 I-kappa-B kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001284 I-kappa-B kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108010058683 Immobilized Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003777 Interleukin-1 beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000193 Interleukin-1 beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- GDBQQVLCIARPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leupeptin Natural products CC(C)CC(NC(C)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(C=O)CCCN=C(N)N GDBQQVLCIARPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000043136 MAP kinase family Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091054455 MAP kinase family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L Malonate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC([O-])=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000238367 Mya arenaria Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910020700 Na3VO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020003217 Nuclear RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000043141 Nuclear RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005497 Nuclear hormone receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000043276 Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000237988 Patellidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000037273 Pathologic Processes Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003728 Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000029 Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000012132 Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940080774 Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical class CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004005 Prostaglandin-endoperoxide synthases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000459 Prostaglandin-endoperoxide synthases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700005075 Regulator Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010038997 Retroviral infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010052779 Transplant rejections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000848 Ubiquitin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000044159 Ubiquitin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010046334 Urease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002250 absorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002745 absorbent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001138 acetylsalicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124599 anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004405 aprotinin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940072107 ascorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N aspartame Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000605 aspartame Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010357 aspartame Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003438 aspartame Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005784 autoimmunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001042 autoregulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007514 bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000005936 beta-Galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010836 blood and blood product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125691 blood product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006189 buccal tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000001669 calcium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000005323 carbonate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010418 carrageenan Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001525 carrageenan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960000590 celecoxib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RZEKVGVHFLEQIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N celecoxib Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=NN1C1=CC=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C1 RZEKVGVHFLEQIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019693 cherries Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013375 chromatographic separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000037976 chronic inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006020 chronic inflammation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004927 clay Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000975 co-precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N dATP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dATP Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1CC(O)C(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J dCTP(4-) Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O)[C@@H](O)C1 RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003405 delayed action preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000633 dextran sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229960003983 diphtheria toxoid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002066 eicosanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007515 enzymatic degradation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003205 fragrance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002737 fructose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012817 gel-diffusion technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005908 glyceryl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001087 glyceryl triacetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013773 glyceryl triacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036449 good health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035931 haemagglutination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108060003552 hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001744 histochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036031 hyperthermia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000984 immunochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000951 immunodiffusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000760 immunoelectrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009851 immunogenic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003017 in situ immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008595 infiltration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001764 infiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZPNFWUPYTFPOJU-LPYSRVMUSA-N iniprol Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H]2CSSC[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC(O)=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC(O)=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=4C=CC=CC=4)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC2=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]2N(CCC2)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N3)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZPNFWUPYTFPOJU-LPYSRVMUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004491 isohexyl group Chemical group C(CCC(C)C)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006317 isomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001375 lactose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GDBQQVLCIARPGH-ULQDDVLXSA-N leupeptin Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](NC(C)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C=O)CCCN=C(N)N GDBQQVLCIARPGH-ULQDDVLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010052968 leupeptin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007758 minimum essential medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 102000006255 nuclear receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004017 nuclear receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124276 oligodeoxyribonucleotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester Natural products COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009054 pathological process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003538 pentan-3-yl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950000964 pepstatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010091212 pepstatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FAXGPCHRFPCXOO-LXTPJMTPSA-N pepstatin A Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CC(C)C FAXGPCHRFPCXOO-LXTPJMTPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003239 periodontal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PHEDXBVPIONUQT-RGYGYFBISA-N phorbol 13-acetate 12-myristate Chemical compound C([C@]1(O)C(=O)C(C)=C[C@H]1[C@@]1(O)[C@H](C)[C@H]2OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(CO)=C[C@H]1[C@H]1[C@]2(OC(C)=O)C1(C)C PHEDXBVPIONUQT-RGYGYFBISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000008423 pleurisy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000447 polyanionic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001124 posttranscriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013197 protein A assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006916 protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001938 protoplast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037425 regulation of transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008672 reprogramming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003118 sandwich ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000004911 serous fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N sn-glycerol 3-phosphate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000344 soap Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].OP(O)([O-])=O AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012064 sodium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004793 sucrose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005758 transcription activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002622 triacetin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical class [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 1
- IHIXIJGXTJIKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trisodium vanadate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-][V]([O-])([O-])=O IHIXIJGXTJIKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXPHKUHSUJUWKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N troglitazone Chemical compound C1CC=2C(C)=C(O)C(C)=C(C)C=2OC1(C)COC(C=C1)=CC=C1CC1SC(=O)NC1=O GXPHKUHSUJUWKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001641 troglitazone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GXPHKUHSUJUWKP-NTKDMRAZSA-N troglitazone Natural products C([C@@]1(OC=2C(C)=C(C(=C(C)C=2CC1)O)C)C)OC(C=C1)=CC=C1C[C@H]1SC(=O)NC1=O GXPHKUHSUJUWKP-NTKDMRAZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001493 tyrosinyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229950009811 ubenimex Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002948 undecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009777 vacuum freeze-drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000006648 viral gene expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000009637 wintergreen oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/557—Eicosanoids, e.g. leukotrienes or prostaglandins
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/557—Eicosanoids, e.g. leukotrienes or prostaglandins
- A61K31/5575—Eicosanoids, e.g. leukotrienes or prostaglandins having a cyclopentane, e.g. prostaglandin E2, prostaglandin F2-alpha
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/48—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving transferase
- C12Q1/485—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving transferase involving kinase
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2500/00—Screening for compounds of potential therapeutic value
- G01N2500/04—Screening involving studying the effect of compounds C directly on molecule A (e.g. C are potential ligands for a receptor A, or potential substrates for an enzyme A)
Definitions
- the present invention provides methods and compositions for the identification and use of IKK inhibitors.
- the present invention provides cyclopentenone prostaglandins suitable for use as IKK inhibitors.
- the rapid and precise control of gene expression via transcription factors is critical to the survival of cells. Depending upon the inducing stimulus, it can be critical to the survival of a cell to have one or more genes rapidly induced, so that the resultant products are active.
- an inflammatory response stimulated by an injury or infection results in rapid vasodilation in the injured area and infiltration of effector cells such as macrophages. Vasodilation occurs within seconds or minutes of the response and is due, in part, to the expression of cytokines by cells in the injured region.
- the rapid induction of the inflammatory and immune responses requires that the transcription factors involved in regulating such responses be present in the cell in a form that is amenable to rapid activation. Thus, upon exposure to an inducing stimulus, the response can quickly occur. If such transcription factors are not present in a cell in an inactive state, it is necessary to synthesize the factors upon exposure to an inducing stimulus, greatly reducing the speed with which a response can occur.
- a transcription factor that exists in an inactive state in a cell can be activated by post-translational modification (e.g., phosphorylation of one or more serine, threonine, or tyrosine residues).
- post-translational modification e.g., phosphorylation of one or more serine, threonine, or tyrosine residues.
- the transcription factor can be rendered inactive by association of the factor with a regulatory factor, which, upon exposure to an inducing stimulus, is released from the transcription factor, thereby activating the transcription factor.
- an inactive transcription factor may have to associate with a second protein in order to produce transcriptional activity.
- the inducing stimulus directly interacts with the inactive transcription factor, rendering it active and resulting in the induction of gene expression.
- an inducing stimulus initiates the induced response by interacting with a specific receptor present on the cell membrane or by entering the cell and interacting with an intracellular protein.
- the signal generally is transmitted along a pathway, for example, from the cell membrane to the nucleus, due to a series of protein interactions. Such signal transduction pathways allow for the rapid transmission of extracellular inducing stimuli, such that appropriate gene expression is rapidly induced.
- a clearer understanding of the proteins involved in such pathways facilitates descriptions of drug mechanisms of action. For example, such an understanding facilitates the determination of a drug's mechanism of action (e.g., in cases where the drug is known to interfere with gene expression regulated by a particular pathway, but the target of which is unknown).
- an understanding of the pathways involved facilitates the identification of defect(s) in the pathway(s) associated with diseases such as cancer. For example, the altered expression of cell adhesion molecules is associated with the ability of a cancer cell to metastasize.
- the critical proteins involved in the signal transduction pathway leading to expression of cell adhesion molecules have not been identified.
- the present invention provides methods for identifying compounds with activities that inhibit IKK.
- the methods comprise contacting IKK, or a subunit or fragment of IKK with the compound.
- the compound interacts with cysteine-179 of the IKK.
- the method further comprises determining whether the compound interacts with cysteine-179, wherein the interaction with cysteine-179 correlates with activity as an IKK inhibitor.
- the present invention also provides methods to prevent and/or treat diseases and/or conditions associated with NF ⁇ B.
- the method involves inhibition of the action of NF ⁇ B.
- the present invention further provides methods for the inhibition of IKK in vitro and in vivo, as well as methods to prevent NF ⁇ B activation in an animal.
- the animal is a mammal.
- the mammal is a human.
- the present invention also provides methods to improve the therapeutic activity of COX2 inhibitors in animals (e.g., mammals, including but not limited to humans), comprising administering the COX2 inhibitor in combination with a compound that inhibits IKK activity to an animal.
- COX2 inhibitors such as celecoxib, or Fecoxib, NS-398, and PD 98059 (Jones et al., Nat. Med., 18:1418-1423 [1999]
- the present invention further provides methods to inhibit the activity of IKK in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with a compound that interacts with IKK. In particularly preferred embodiments, the compound interacts with cysteine-179 of IKK.
- the present invention further provides compounds, as well as pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds that inhibit IKK.
- the present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds that are COX2 inhibitors.
- the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one compound that inhibits IKK, a COX2 inhibitor, and a pharmaceutically accepted carrier.
- the present invention also provides the use of the compound of formula I, wherein R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, (C 1 -C 12 )alkyl, and (C 2 -C 12 )alkenyl, wherein the alkyl or alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, NRR, SR, or COOR; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C 1 -C 12 )alkyl; wherein the optional bond (i.e., the bond) is present or absent, provided that when the optional bond is present, R 1 is not hydrogen; and n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, (C 1 -C 12 )alkyl, and (C 2 -C 12 )alkenyl, wherein the alkyl or alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo,
- the present invention further provides methods for the preparation of medicaments for inhibiting IKK and/or NF ⁇ B in an animal, and/or for improving the therapeutic activity of a COX2 inhibitor in an animal.
- the present invention provides the use of combination therapies.
- at least one compound that inhibits IKK and at least one compound that inhibits COX2 are used in combination.
- one compound exhibits multiple activities (e.g., the compound inhibits COX2, as well as IKK and/or NF ⁇ B, or any combination of these activities).
- the present invention provides methods to prevent NF ⁇ B activation in an animal, comprising inhibiting IKK activity in the animal.
- IKK activity is inhibited by the administration of a compound that interacts with cysteine-179 of IKK, in an amount effective for the inhibition of IKK activity.
- the present invention provides methods for the inhibition of IKK, comprising contacting IKK with a compound that interacts with the cysteine at position 179 of IKK.
- the contacting is in vitro, while in other embodiments, it is in vivo.
- the compound interacts by forming a covalent bond with the cysteine at position 179 of IKK.
- the compound is a Michael acceptor.
- the compound is selected from the group consisting of cyclopentenones and substituted cyclopentenones.
- the compound is a cyclopentenone prostaglandin.
- the compound is selected from the group consisting of ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated ketones, ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated esters, and ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated nitrites.
- the compound is a compound of formula I:
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, (C 1 -C 12 )alkyl, and (C 2 -C 12 )alkenyl, wherein the alkyl or alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, NRR, SR, or COOR; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C 1 -C 12 )alkyl; wherein the optional bond is present or absent, provided that when the optional bond (indicated by ) is present, R 1 is not hydrogen; and n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the compound is selected from the group consisting of PGA 1 , 15-deoxy- ⁇ 12-14 PGJ 2 , and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- the present invention also provides methods for identifying a compound with activity as an inhibitor of IKK, comprising: providing an IKK, wherein the IKK is selected from the group consisting of full-length IKK, subunits of IKK, and fragments of IKK, wherein the IKK comprises a cysteine at position 179, and a test compound; exposing the IKK to the test compound; and determining whether the compound interacts with the cysteine at position 179 of IKK.
- the interaction with the compound and the cysteine at position 179 of IKK comprises inhibiting IKK.
- the compound interacts with the cysteine at position 179 of IKK by forming a covalent bond with the cysteine at position 179 of IKK.
- the present invention further provides methods to improve the therapeutic activity of a COX2 inhibitor in animal, comprising administering a COX2 inhibitor in combination with a compound that inhibits IKK activity to an animal.
- the compound is a Michael acceptor.
- the compound is selected from the group consisting of cyclopentenones and substituted cyclopentenones.
- the compound is a cyclopentenone prostaglandin.
- the compound is an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carbonyl compound.
- the compound is selected from the group consisting of ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated ketones, ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated esters, and ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated nitrites.
- the compound is a compound of formula I:
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, (C 1 -C 12 )alkyl, and (C 2 -C 12 )alkenyl, wherein the alkyl or alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, NRR, SR, or COOR; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C 1 -C 12 )alkyl; wherein the optional bond (indicated by ) is present or absent, provided that when the optional bond is present, R 1 is not hydrogen; and n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the compound is selected from the group consisting of PGA 1 , 15-deoxy- ⁇ 2-14 PGJ 2 , and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- the present invention also provides methods to prevent disease associated with NF ⁇ B, comprising: providing an animal at risk for disease associated with NF ⁇ B, wherein the animal expresses IKK, and a composition that inhibits IKK; and administering the compound to the animal under conditions such that the composition inhibits IKK expressed by the animal, resulting in inhibition of NF ⁇ B.
- the animal is a human.
- the composition comprises a compound that interacts with cysteine-179 of IKK.
- the disease is selected from the group consisting of inflammation, cancer, bacterial, and viral diseases.
- the composition comprises at least one cyclopentenone.
- the cyclopentenone is a cyclopentenone prostaglandin.
- the present invention further provides methods for the inhibition of IKK, comprising contacting the IKK with a composition that interacts with cysteine-179 of IKK.
- the composition interacts with IKK forms a covalent bond with the cysteine-179 of IKK.
- inhibition of IKK results in prevention of NF ⁇ B activation.
- the present invention also provides methods to treat disease associated with NF ⁇ B, comprising: providing an animal having at least one disease associated with NF ⁇ B, wherein the animal expresses IKK, and a composition that inhibits IKK; and administering the compound to the animal under conditions such that the composition inhibits IKK expressed by the animal, resulting in inhibition of NF ⁇ B.
- the animal is a human.
- the composition comprises a compound that interacts with cysteine-179 of IKK.
- the disease is selected from the group consisting of inflammation, cancer, bacterial, and viral diseases.
- the composition comprises at least one cyclopentenone.
- the cyclopentenone is a cyclopentenone prostaglandin.
- FIGS. 1A , 1 B, 1 C, 1 D and 1 E provide results showing the inhibition of TNF ⁇ , TPA-induced, and NF- ⁇ B activities by PGA 1 .
- FIG. 1A shows the results for Jurkat cells treated with 24 ⁇ M PGA 1 or diluent for 2 hours and stimulated with TNF ⁇ . At the indicated times, cell lysates were prepared and assayed for NF- ⁇ B activation by EMSA (electrophoretic mobility shift; upper panel) and IKK activity by kinase assay (KA). The positions of NF- ⁇ B:DNA (NF- ⁇ B) and non-specific protein:DNA (ns) complexes are indicated. IKK recovery was determined by immunoblotting (IB) for IKK ⁇ .
- FIG. 1B shows the results for Jurkat cells treated with 24 ⁇ M PGA 1 or diluent for 2 hours and stimulated with TPA for the indicated times, after which lysates were prepared and assayed for NF- ⁇ B activation (upper panel), I ⁇ B ⁇ degradation (middle panel) and endogenous IKK activity (bottom panels).
- FIG. 1C shows the results for the samples described in FIG. 1B , which were analyzed for JNK1 (KA:JNK) and p38 activities. Recoveries of JNK and p38 were determined by immunoblotting.
- FIG. 1B shows the results for Jurkat cells treated with 24 ⁇ M PGA 1 or diluent for 2 hours and stimulated with TPA for the indicated times, after which lysates were prepared and assayed for NF- ⁇ B activation (upper panel), I ⁇ B ⁇ degradation (middle panel) and endogenous IKK activity (bottom panels).
- FIG. 1C shows the results for the samples described in FIG. 1B , which
- FIG. 1D provides the results for Jurkat cells pretreated with 24 ⁇ M PGA 1 for the indicated times and stimulated for 15 minutes with TPA. Endogenous IKK and JNK activities and recoveries were determined.
- FIG. 1E shows the results for HeLa cells pretreated with PGA 1 and stimulated for no longer than 10 minutes with TNF ⁇ or IL-1. The cell lysates were assayed for endogenous IKK activity and recovery.
- FIGS. 2A , 2 B and 2 C provide results indicating that PGA 1 prevents NIK-induced IKK activation and inhibits IKK ⁇ activity.
- FIG. 2A provides results for COS cells transfected with Xpress-tagged NIK (lanes 2-5) and “empty” (lane 1) expression vectors treated with PGA 1 (15 ⁇ M in lanes 3 and 4, and 30 ⁇ M in lane 5), for either 10 minutes (lane 3), or 18 hours (lanes 4 and 5) after transfection. Cells were lysed and assayed for endogenous IKK activity and recovery 24 hours after transfection.
- FIG. 1 provides results for COS cells transfected with Xpress-tagged NIK (lanes 2-5) and “empty” (lane 1) expression vectors treated with PGA 1 (15 ⁇ M in lanes 3 and 4, and 30 ⁇ M in lane 5), for either 10 minutes (lane 3), or 18 hours (lanes 4 and 5) after transfection. Cells were lysed and assayed for endogenous I
- 2B provides results for COS cells co-transfected with HA-tagged IKK ⁇ together with “empty” (“ ⁇ ”) or Xpress-tagged NIK (“+”) expression vectors, and treated with PGA 1 (15 ⁇ M in lanes labeled “+”; and 30 ⁇ M in lanes labeled “++”), for 10 minutes (lanes 3 and 4) or 18 hours (lanes 5 through 8) after transfection.
- Cells were lysed and assayed for HA-tagged IKK ⁇ associated kinase activity and recovery 24 hours after transfection.
- 2C provides results for COS transfected with “empty” (control, lane 1) or HA-tagged IKK ⁇ (lanes 2 through 4) vectors and treated with PGA 1 (15 ⁇ M, “+”; 30 ⁇ M, “++”), at 18 hours after transfection. Cells were lysed and assayed for HA-tagged IKK ⁇ kinase activity and recovery 24 hours after transfection.
- FIGS. 3A , 3 B and 3 C provide results showing the inhibition of IKK activity in vivo and in vitro by 15dPGJ 2 .
- FIG. 3A provides results for HeLa cells pretreated with 15dPGJ 2 for 2 hours and left untreated or stimulated with TNF ⁇ for 10 minutes. Extracts were assayed for NF- ⁇ B binding activity (uppermost panel), I ⁇ B ⁇ degradation (middle panel), and for endogenous IKK (KA:IKK) and JNK1 (KA:JNK) activities and recoveries (IB:IKK ⁇ ; IB:JNK). NF- ⁇ B and IKK activities were quantified by phosphoimaging and expressed as the percentage of the maximal activity achieved in the absence of the inhibitor.
- FIG. 3B and FIG. 3C provide results for HeLA cells stimulated with TNF ⁇ for 15 minutes. IKK was immunoprecipitated and incubated in vitro with the indicated concentrations of PGA 1 .
- FIG. 3B provides results for 15dPGJ 2 and FIG. 3C provides results for the diluent, these samples were incubated for 1 hour and kinase assays were conducted (IK:IKK), as well as immunoblots (IB:IKK ⁇ ).
- Kinase activity was quantitated by phosphoimaging and used for plotting the dose-response curves.
- FIG. 4 provides results showing the inhibition of IKK activity through endogenously synthesized PGs (PGD and 15dPGJ 2 ).
- FIGS. 5A , 5 B and 5 C provide the results of experiments to determine the effect of arachidonic acid and its metabolites on IKK activity in vivo and in vitro.
- FIG. 5A provides the results for HeLa cells treated with 50 ⁇ M AA, PGA 1 , PGB 2 , PGD 2 , PGE 1 , PGE 2 , PGF 1 ⁇ , or thromboxane B 2 (TxB 2 ), 1 ⁇ M LTB 4 , or 5 ⁇ M 15dPGJ 2 .
- FIG. 5A provides the results for HeLa cells treated with 50 ⁇ M AA, PGA 1 , PGB 2 , PGD 2 , PGE 1 , PGE 2 , PGF 1 ⁇ , or thromboxane B 2 (TxB 2 ), 1 ⁇ M LTB 4 , or 5 ⁇ M 15dPGJ 2 .
- FIG. 5B provides the results for 100 ⁇ M AA, PGA 1 , PGB 2 , PGD 2 , PGE 1 , PGE 2 , PGF 1 , or TxB 2 , 2 ⁇ M LTB 4 or 10 ⁇ M 15dPGJ 2 .
- FIG. 5C provides the structures of the different AA metabolites included in FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B .
- FIGS. 6A , 6 B, 6 C, 6 D and 6 E provide results indicating that 15dPGJ 2 is a direct inhibitor of IKK ⁇ , whose sensitivity to inhibition is mediated by a cysteine in the activation loop.
- FIG. 6A provides results that indicate 15dPGJ 2 is not a competitive inhibitor of ATP binding.
- FIG. 6B provides an alignment of the activation loops of IKK ⁇ (SEQ ID NO:1), IKK ⁇ (SEQ ID NO:2), JNK1 (SEQ ID NO:3), and p38 ⁇ (SEQ ID NO:4).
- phosphoacceptor sites critical for kinase activation are shown in boldface, while the cysteine residues of IKK ⁇ and IKK ⁇ are underlined.
- FIG. 6C provides results for HeLa cells transiently transfected with expression vectors of IKK ⁇ (wildtype) or IKK ⁇ (C179A) with or without a NIK expression vector.
- FIG. 6D provides results for Sf9 cells infected with FLAG-tagged wildtype and C179A baculoviruses and incubated with various concentrations of 15dPGJ 2 for 2 hours at 28° C. Following this incubation, the kinase activity and expression were determined.
- halo refers to the halogens (i.e., fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo).
- Alkyl and alkenyl denote both straight and branched groups.
- reference to an individual radical e.g., “propyl” encompasses only the straight chain radical, as branched chain isomers (e.g., “isopropyl”) are specifically referred to herein.
- the compounds of the present invention have chiral centers. Such compounds may exist in and be isolated in optically active and racemic forms. In addition, these compounds may exhibit polymorphism. Thus, it is intended that the compounds recited herein encompass any racemic, optically active, polymorphic, or stereoisomeric form, or mixtures thereof. Preparation methods for such optically active forms are also well known in the art (e.g., by resolution of the racemic form by recrystallization techniques, by synthesis from optically-active starting materials, by chiral synthesis, or by chromatographic separation using a chiral stationary phase).
- the term “improving the therapeutic activity of a COX2 inhibitor” includes increasing the therapeutic effectiveness of the COX2 inhibitor by a measurable amount over the effectiveness that the COX2 inhibitor would demonstrate if administered in the absence of a compound that inhibits IKK.
- (C 1 -C 12 )alkyl can be methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 3-pentyl, iso-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, iso-hexyl, heptyl, iso-heptyl, octyl, iso-octyl, sec-octyl, tert-octyl, nonyl, decyl, sec-decyl, undecyl, and dodecyl; and (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl can be vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1-
- Suitable compounds that are effective inhibitors of IKK include, but are not limited to cyclopentenones, substituted cyclopentenones, cyclohexenones, and substituted cyclohexenones.
- the cyclopentenone or cyclohexenone is substituted with any suitable group or groups. The only requirement is that the substituted cyclopentenone or cyclopentenone must be an effective inhibitor of IKK.
- the compound effectively inhibits IKK in vitro or in vivo, by interacting with cysteine-179 of IKK.
- the interaction is electrostatic, while in other embodiments it is by formation of a covalent bond.
- the present invention be limited to these interactions, as any interaction that inhibits NF- ⁇ B and/or IKK is encompassed by the present invention.
- the cyclopentenone or substituted cyclopentenone is a cyclopentenone prostaglandin.
- prostaglandin refers to any compound or component thereof, which can be derived from unsaturated 20 carbon fatty acids (e.g., arachidonic acid) via the cyclooxygenase pathway. Prostaglandins are a well-known class of extremely potent mediators of a diverse group of physiological processes. It is contemplated that a wide range of cyclopentenone prostaglandins will find use with the present invention.
- the compound that inhibits IKK is a Michael acceptor.
- a “Michael acceptor” refers to any compound that contains a polarized, electrophilic carbon-carbon double bond that is able to reach via a S N 2 reaction, with a nucleophilic species (e.g., O ⁇ , C ⁇ , or S ⁇ ).
- Suitable Michael acceptors include ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carbonyl compounds (e.g., ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated ketones, and ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated esters), and ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated nitrites, although other electron withdrawing substituents (e.g., halo, hydroxy, and nitro) can also activate the carbon-carbon double bond to facilitate nucleophilic attack (See e.g., Carey and Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Part B: Reactions and Synthesis (2nd ed.), Plenum Press, [1983], pages 31-589, and references cited therein; March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure , (2nd ed.), Mc-Graw-Hill Book Co. [1977], pages 549-905, and references cited therein; and Ege, Organic Chemistry , Heath and Co. [1984], pages 847-848).
- ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carbonyl compounds e
- the ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated ketone is a compound of the formula I:
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (C 1 -C 12 ), and (C 2 -C 12 )alkenyl, wherein any alkyl or alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, NRR, SR, or COOR, wherein each R is independently selected from hydrogen or (C 1 -C 12 )alkyl;
- the optional bond (represented by ) is present or absent, with the proviso that when the optional bond is present, R 1 is not hydrogen;
- n 0, 1, 2, or 3;
- a value for R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 12 )alkyl, and (C 2 -C 12 )alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy groups.
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: and
- a specific value for R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 12 )alkyl, or (C 2 -C 12 )alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy groups.
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: and
- n is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
- n is 0 (i.e., the compound of formula I is a cyclopentenone), while in other embodiments, n is 1 (i.e., the compound of formula I is a cyclohexenone).
- the compounds of formula I are selected from the group consisting of PGA 1 and 15-deoxy- ⁇ 12-14 PGJ 2 , and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- the present invention is not limited to these specific embodiments.
- PGA 1 is
- a specific group of compounds useful for inhibiting the actions of NF ⁇ B or for treating diseases wherein NF ⁇ B is implicated and inhibition of its action is desired is a compound of formula I, wherein n is 1, 2, or 3.
- inflammation refers to the tissue response of an organism to an injury.
- the term “chemical mediator of inflammation” refers to any chemical, which is involved in producing, moderating, or terminating the inflammatory response.
- the term encompasses naturally-occurring, as well as synthetic mediators.
- the term includes, but is not limited to cytokines and other effector molecules. Indeed, it is intended that the term encompass any molecule or compound that affects the inflammatory response in any aspect or by any mechanism (indeed, an understanding of the mechanism involved is not necessary in order to use the present invention).
- chemotaxis refers to the movement of cells in response to a chemical stimulus.
- leukotaxis refers to the chemotaxis of leukocytes. In particular, the term refers to the tendency of leukocytes to accumulate in regions of injury and inflammation.
- peptide As used herein, the terms “peptide,” “polypeptide” and “protein” all refer to a primary sequence of amino acids that are joined by covalent “peptide linkages.” In general, a peptide consists of a few amino acids, typically from 2-50 amino acids, and is shorter than a protein. The term “polypeptide” may encompass either peptides or proteins. A peptide, polypeptide or protein may be synthetic, recombinant or naturally occurring. A synthetic peptide is a peptide, which is produced by artificial means in vitro (e.g., was not produced in vivo).
- sample and “specimen” are used in their broadest sense and encompass samples or specimens obtained from any source.
- biological samples refers to samples or specimens obtained from animals (including humans), and encompasses cells, fluids, solids, tissues, and gases.
- biological samples include tissues (e.g., biopsy material), cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), serous fluid, blood, and blood products such as plasma, serum and the like.
- tissues e.g., biopsy material
- CSF cerebrospinal fluid
- serous fluid e.g., serous fluid
- blood e.g., serum
- these examples are not to be construed as limiting the types of samples, which find use with the present invention.
- antibody refers to any immunoglobulin that binds specifically to an antigenic determinant, and specifically, binds to proteins identical or structurally related to the antigenic determinant, which stimulated its production. Thus, antibodies can be used to detect the antigen, which stimulated their production.
- Monoclonal antibodies are derived from a single clone of B lymphocytes (i.e., B cells), and are homogeneous in structure and antigen specificity. Polyclonal antibodies originate from many different clones of antibody-producing cells, and thus are heterogenous in their structure and epitope specificity, but in a population of polyclonals given the same designation, are all directed to the same molecule.
- Monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies may or may not be purified.
- polyclonal antibodies contained in crude antiserum may be used in this unpurified state.
- antibody encompass any immunoglobulin (e.g., IgG, IgM, IgA, IgE, IgD, etc.) obtained from any source (e.g., humans, rodents, non-human primates, caprines, bovines, equines, ovines, etc.).
- the antibodies used in the methods invention may be prepared using various immunogens. Such antibodies include, but are not limited to polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, single chain, Fab fragments, and an Fab expression library. Various procedures known in the art may be used for the production of polyclonal antibodies. For the production of antibody, various host animals can be immunized by injection with the peptide corresponding to any molecule of interest in the present invention, including but not limited to rabbits, mice, rats, sheep, goats, etc. In one preferred embodiment, the peptide is conjugated to an immunogenic carrier (e.g., diphtheria toxoid, bovine serum albumin (BSA), or keyhole limpet hemocyanin [KLH]).
- an immunogenic carrier e.g., diphtheria toxoid, bovine serum albumin (BSA), or keyhole limpet hemocyanin [KLH]
- adjuvants may be used to increase the immunological response, depending on the host species, including but not limited to Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanins, dinitrophenol, and potentially useful human adjuvants such as BCG (Bacille Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum.
- BCG Bacille Calmette-Guerin
- any technique that provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture may be used (See, e.g., Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press , Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.). These include but are not limited to the hybridoma technique originally developed by Köhler and Milstein (Köhler and Milstein, Nature 256:495-497 [1975]), as well as the trioma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique (See e.g., Kozbor et al. Immunol.
- the present invention provides monoclonal antibodies of the IgG class.
- monoclonal antibodies can be produced in germ-free animals utilizing technology such as that described in PCT/US90/02545.
- human antibodies may be used and can be obtained by using human hybridomas (Cote et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 80:2026-2030 [1983]) or by transforming human B cells with EBV virus in vitro (Cole et al., in Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy , Alan R. Liss, pp. 77-96 [1985]).
- Antibody fragments which contain the idiotype (antigen binding region) of the antibody molecule, can be generated by known techniques.
- fragments include but are not limited to: the F(ab′)2 fragment which can be produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule; the Fab′ fragments which can be generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab′)2 fragment, and the Fab fragments which can be generated by treating the antibody molecule with papain and a reducing agent.
- screening for the desired antibody can be accomplished by techniques known in the art (e.g., radioimmunoassay, ELISA [enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay], “sandwich” immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, gel diffusion precipitin reactions, immunodiffusion assays, in situ immunoassays [e.g., using colloidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope labels], Western blots, precipitation reactions, agglutination assays (e.g., gel agglutination assays, hemagglutination assays, etc.), complement fixation assays, immunofluorescence assays, protein A assays, and immunoelectrophoresis assays, etc.
- radioimmunoassay e.g., ELISA [enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay], “sandwich” immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, gel diffusion precipitin reactions, immunodiffusion assays,
- antibody binding is detected by detecting a label on the primary antibody.
- the primary antibody is detected by detecting binding of a secondary antibody or reagent to the primary antibody.
- the secondary antibody is labeled.
- the immunogenic peptide should be provided free of the carrier molecule used in any immunization protocol. For example, if the peptide was conjugated to KLH, it may be conjugated to BSA, or used directly, in a screening assay.
- the foregoing antibodies can be used in methods known in the art relating to the localization and structure of compounds such as IKK and/or IKK subunits (e.g., for Western blotting to detect IKK ⁇ ), measuring levels thereof in appropriate biological samples, etc.
- the antibodies can be used to detect proteins of interest in a biological sample from an individual.
- the biological samples can then be tested directly for the presence of a protein of interest (e.g., IKK) using an appropriate immunoassay strategy.
- proteins in the sample can be size separated (e.g., by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE), in the presence (or absence) of sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS)), and the presence of the protein of interest is then detected by immunoblotting (Western blotting).
- PAGE polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis
- SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
- telomere binding when used in reference to the interaction of an antibody and a protein or peptide means that the interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure (i.e., the antigenic determinant or epitope) on the protein.
- the antibody is recognizing and binding to a specific protein structure rather than to proteins in general. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope “A,” the presence of a protein containing epitope A (or free, unlabelled A) in a reaction containing labelled “A” and the antibody will reduce the amount of labelled A bound to the antibody.
- auto-antibody or “auto-antibodies” refer to any immunoglobulin that binds specifically to an antigen that is native to the host organism that produced the antibody (i.e., the antigen is not synthetic and/or has not been artificially supplied to the host organism). However, the term encompasses antibodies originally produced in response to the administration or presence of a foreign and/or synthetic substance in the host, but also cross-react with “self” antigens. The presence of auto-antibodies is termed “autoimmunity.”
- the term “antigen” is used in reference to any substance that is capable of reacting with an antibody. It is intended that this term encompass any antigen and “immunogen” (i.e., a substance which induces the formation of antibodies). Thus, in an immunogenic reaction, antibodies are produced in response to the presence of an antigen or portion of an antigen.
- antigenic determinant refers to that portion of an antigen that makes contact with a particular antibody variable region.
- antigenic determinants or “epitope” as used herein refers to that portion of an antigen that makes contact with a particular antibody variable region.
- numerous regions of the protein may induce the production of antibodies which bind specifically to a given region or three-dimensional structure on the protein; these regions or structures are referred to as antigenic determinants.
- the term “purified” or “to purify” or “purification” refers to the removal or reduction of at least one contaminant from a sample.
- antibodies are purified by removal of contaminating non-immunoglobulin proteins; they are also purified by the removal of immunoglobulin that does not bind to the target molecule.
- the removal of non-immunoglobulin proteins and/or the removal of immunoglobulins that do not bind to the target molecule results in an increase in the percent of target-reactive immunoglobulins in the sample (i.e., “enrichment” of an antibody).
- the terms “Western blot,” “Western immunoblot” “immunoblot” or “Western” refer to the immunological analysis of protein(s), polypeptides or peptides that have been immobilized onto a membrane support.
- the proteins are first resolved by acrylamide gel electrophoresis to separate the proteins, followed by transfer of the protein from the gel to a solid support, such as nitrocellulose or a nylon membrane.
- the immobilized proteins are then exposed to an antibody having reactivity towards an antigen of interest.
- the binding of the antibody i.e., the primary antibody
- the secondary antibody is typically conjugated to an enzyme, which permits visualization by the production of a colored reaction product or catalyzes a luminescent enzymatic reaction (e.g., ECL reagent, Amersham).
- Southern blot refers to the analysis of DNA on agarose or acrylamide gels to fractionate the DNA according to size followed by transfer of the DNA from the gel to a solid support, such as nitrocellulose or a nylon membrane.
- the immobilized DNA is then probed with a labeled probe to detect DNA species complementary to the probe used.
- the DNA may be cleaved with restriction enzymes prior to electrophoresis. Following electrophoresis, the DNA may be partially depurinated and denatured prior to or during transfer to the solid support.
- Southern blots are a standard tool of molecular biologists (Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual , Cold Spring Harbor Press, NY, pp 9.31-9.58 [1989]).
- Northern blot refers to the analysis of RNA by electrophoresis of RNA on agarose gels to fractionate the RNA according to size, followed by transfer of the RNA from the gel to a solid support, such as nitrocellulose or a nylon membrane. The immobilized RNA is then probed with a labeled probe to detect RNA species complementary to the probe used.
- Northern blots are a standard tool of molecular biologists (Sambrook, J. et al., supra, pp 7.39-7.52 [1989]).
- ELISA refers to enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. Numerous methods and applications for carrying out an ELISA are well known in the art, and provided in many sources (See, e.g., Crowther, “Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA),” in Molecular Biomethods Handbook , Rapley et al. [eds.], pp. 595-617, Humana Press, Inc., Totowa, N.J. [1998]; Harlow and Lane (eds.), Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press [1988]; and Ausubel et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Molecular Biology , Ch. 11, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York [1994]).
- a “direct ELISA” protocol is provided, where an antigen is first bound and immobilized to a microtiter plate well.
- a “sandwich ELISA” is provided, where the antigen is attached to the stationary phase by capturing it with an antibody that has been previously bound to the microtiter plate well.
- the ELISA method detects an immobilized antigen by use of an antibody-enzyme conjugate, where the antibody is specific for the antigen of interest, and the enzyme portion allows visualization and quantitation by the generation of a colored or fluorescent reaction product.
- the conjugated enzymes commonly used in the ELISA include horseradish peroxidase, urease, alkaline phosphatase, glucoamylase or ⁇ -galactosidase.
- the intensity of color development is proportional to the amount of antigen present in the reaction well.
- in vitro refers to an artificial environment and to processes or reactions that occur within an artificial environment. In vitro environments consist of, but are not limited to, controlled laboratory conditions.
- in vivo refers to the natural environment (e.g., within an organism or a cell) and to processes or reactions that occur within that natural environment.
- wild-type refers to a gene or gene product, which has the characteristics of that gene or gene product when isolated from a naturally occurring source.
- a wild-type gene is that which is most frequently observed in a population and is thus arbitrarily designated as the “normal” or “wild-type” form of the gene.
- modified refers to a gene or gene product, which displays modifications in sequence and or functional properties (i.e., altered characteristics) when compared to the wild-type gene or gene product. It is noted that naturally-occurring mutants can be isolated; these are identified by the fact that they have altered characteristics when compared to the wild-type gene or gene product.
- Nucleic acid sequence refers to an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide, and fragments or portions thereof, and to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin, which may be single- or double-stranded, and represent the sense or antisense strand.
- oligonucleotides and “oligomers” refer to a nucleic acid sequence of at least about 10 nucleotides and as many as about 60 nucleotides, preferably about 15 to 30 nucleotides, and more preferably about 20-25 nucleotides, which can be used as a probe or amplimer.
- nucleotide sequence of interest refers to any nucleotide sequence, the manipulation of which may be deemed desirable for any reason, by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- nucleotide sequences include, but are not limited to, coding sequences of structural genes (e.g., reporter genes, selection marker genes, oncogenes, drug resistance genes, growth factors, etc.), and of non-coding regulatory sequences that do not encode an mRNA or protein product (e.g., promoter sequence, enhancer sequence, polyadenylation sequence, termination sequence, etc.).
- amino acid sequence “Propane sequence,” “peptide sequence,” and “peptide” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a sequence of amino acids.
- portion when used in reference to a nucleotide sequence refers to fragments of that nucleotide sequence. The fragments may range in size from 5 nucleotide residues to the entire nucleotide sequence minus one nucleic acid residue.
- portion when used in reference to an amino acid sequence refers to fragments of the amino acid sequence. The fragments may range in size from 3 amino acids to the entire amino acid sequence minus one amino acid residue.
- oligonucleotide sequence which is a “homolog” of a first nucleotide sequence is defined herein as an oligonucleotide sequence which exhibits greater than or equal to 50% identity, and more preferably greater than or equal to 70% identity, to the first nucleotide sequence when sequences having a length of 10 bp or larger are compared.
- DNA molecules are said to have “5′ ends” and “3′ ends” because mononucleotides are reacted to make oligonucleotides in a manner such that the 5′ phosphate of one mononucleotide pentose ring is attached to the 3′ oxygen of its neighbor in one direction via a phosphodiester linkage. Therefore, an end of an oligonucleotide is referred to as the “5′ end” if its 5′ phosphate is not linked to the 3′ oxygen of a mononucleotide pentose ring.
- an end of an oligonucleotide is referred to as the “3′ end” if its 3′ oxygen is not linked to a 5′ phosphate of another mononucleotide pentose ring.
- a nucleic acid sequence even if internal to a larger oligonucleotide, also may be said to have 5′ and 3′ ends.
- discrete elements are referred to as being “upstream” or 5′ of the “downstream” or 3′ elements. This terminology reflects that transcription proceeds in a 5′ to 3′ direction along the DNA strand.
- the promoter and enhancer elements which direct transcription of a linked gene are generally located 5′ or upstream of the coding region. However, enhancer elements can exert their effect even when located 3′ of the promoter element and the coding region. Transcription termination and polyadenylation signals are located 3′ or downstream of the coding region.
- cloning refers to the process of isolating a nucleotide sequence from a nucleotide library, cell or organism for replication by recombinant techniques.
- recombinant DNA molecule refers to a DNA molecule, which is comprised of segments of DNA joined together by means of molecular biological techniques.
- recombinant protein or “recombinant polypeptide” as used herein refers to a protein molecule, which is expressed using a recombinant DNA molecule.
- transfection refers to the introduction of foreign DNA into cells. Transfection may be accomplished by a variety of means known to the art including calcium phosphate-DNA co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, polybrene-mediated transfection, electroporation, microinjection, liposome fusion, lipofection, protoplast fusion, retroviral infection, biolistics (i.e., particle bombardment) and the like.
- the terms “complementary” or “complementarity” are used in reference to “polynucleotides” and “oligonucleotides” (which are interchangeable terms that refer to a sequence of nucleotides) related by the base-pairing rules.
- sequence “5′-CAGT-3′,” is complementary to the sequence “5′-ACTG-3′.”
- Complementarity can be “partial” or “total.”
- Partial complementarity is where one or more nucleic acid bases is not matched according to the base pairing rules.
- “Total” or “complete” complementarity between nucleic acids is where each and every nucleic acid base is matched with another base under the base pairing rules.
- the degree of complementarity between nucleic acid strands may have significant effects on the efficiency and strength of hybridization between nucleic acid strands. This may be of particular importance in amplification reactions, as well as detection methods which depend upon binding between nucleic acids.
- nucleotide sequences refer to a degree of complementarity with other nucleotide sequences. There may be partial homology or complete homology (i.e., identity).
- a nucleotide sequence which is partially complementary (i.e., “substantially homologous”) to a nucleic acid sequence is one that at least partially inhibits a completely complementary sequence from hybridizing to a target nucleic acid sequence. The inhibition of hybridization of the completely complementary sequence to the target sequence may be examined using a hybridization assay (Southern or Northern blot, solution hybridization and the like) under conditions of low stringency.
- a substantially homologous sequence or probe will compete for and inhibit the binding (i.e., the hybridization) of a completely homologous sequence to a target sequence under conditions of low stringency. This is not to say that conditions of low stringency are such that non-specific binding is permitted; low stringency conditions require that the binding of two sequences to one another be a specific (i.e., selective) interaction.
- the absence of non-specific binding may be tested by the use of a second target sequence which lacks even a partial degree of complementarity (e.g., less than about 30% identity); in the absence of non-specific binding the probe will not hybridize to the second non-complementary target.
- stringency is used in reference to the conditions of temperature, ionic strength, and the presence of other compounds such as organic solvents, under which nucleic acid hybridizations are conducted. “Stringency” typically occurs in a range from about T m ° C. to about 20° C. to 25° C. below T m . As will be understood by those of skill in the art, a stringent hybridization can be used to identify or detect identical polynucleotide sequences or to identify or detect similar or related polynucleotide sequences. Under “stringent conditions” the nucleotide sequence portions thereof, will hybridize to its exact complement and closely related sequences.
- Low stringency conditions comprise conditions equivalent to binding or hybridization at 68° C. in a solution consisting of 5 ⁇ SSPE (43.8 g/l NaCl, 6.9 g/l NaH 2 PO 4 .H 2 O and 1.85 g/l EDTA, pH adjusted to 7.4 with NaOH), 0.1% SDS, 5 ⁇ Denhardt's reagent (50 ⁇ Denhardt's contains per 500 ml: 5 g Ficoll (Type 400, Pharmacia), 5 g BSA (Fraction V; Sigma)) and 100 ⁇ g/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA followed by washing in a solution comprising 2.0 ⁇ SSPE, 0.1% SDS at room temperature when a probe of about 100 to about 1000 nucleotides in length is employed.
- 5 ⁇ SSPE 43.8 g/l NaCl, 6.9 g/l NaH 2 PO 4 .H 2 O and 1.85 g/l EDTA, pH adjusted to 7.4 with NaOH
- low stringency conditions factors such as the length and nature (DNA, RNA, base composition) of the probe and nature of the target (DNA, RNA, base composition, present in solution or immobilized, etc.) and the concentration of the salts and other components (e.g., the presence or absence of formamide, dextran sulfate, polyethylene glycol), as well as components of the hybridization solution may be varied to generate conditions of low stringency hybridization different from, but equivalent to, the above listed conditions.
- conditions which promote hybridization under conditions of high stringency e.g., increasing the temperature of the hybridization and/or wash steps, the use of formamide in the hybridization solution, etc. are well known in the art.
- High stringency conditions when used in reference to nucleic acid hybridization, comprise conditions equivalent to binding or hybridization at 68° C. in a solution consisting of 5 ⁇ SSPE, 1% SDS, 5 ⁇ Denhardt's reagent and 100 ⁇ g/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA followed by washing in a solution comprising 0.1 ⁇ SSPE and 0.1% SDS at 68° C. when a probe of about 100 to about 1000 nucleotides in length is employed.
- substantially homologous refers to any probe which can hybridize either partially or completely to either or both strands of the double-stranded nucleic acid sequence under conditions of low stringency as described above.
- substantially homologous refers to any probe which can hybridize (i.e., it is the complement of) the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence under conditions of low stringency as described above.
- hybridization is used in reference to the pairing of complementary nucleic acids using any process by which a strand of nucleic acid joins with a complementary strand through base pairing to form a hybridization complex.
- Hybridization and the strength of hybridization is impacted by such factors as the degree of complementarity between the nucleic acids, stringency of the conditions involved, the T m of the formed hybrid, and the G:C ratio within the nucleic acids.
- hybridization complex refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acid sequences by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bounds between complementary G and C bases and between complementary A and T bases; these hydrogen bonds may be further stabilized by base stacking interactions.
- the two complementary nucleic acid sequences hydrogen bond in an antiparallel configuration.
- a hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C o t or R o t analysis) or between one nucleic acid sequence present in solution and another nucleic acid sequence immobilized to a solid support (e.g., a nylon membrane or a nitrocellulose filter as employed in Southern and Northern blotting, dot blotting or a glass slide as employed in in situ hybridization, including FISH (fluorescent in situ hybridization)).
- a solid support e.g., a nylon membrane or a nitrocellulose filter as employed in Southern and Northern blotting, dot blotting or a glass slide as employed in in situ hybridization, including FISH (fluorescent in situ hybridization)
- T m is used in reference to the “melting temperature.”
- the melting temperature is the temperature at which a population of double-stranded nucleic acid molecules becomes half dissociated into single strands.
- heterologous nucleic acid sequence or “heterologous DNA” are used interchangeably to refer to a nucleotide sequence which is ligated to a nucleic acid sequence to which it is not ligated in nature, or to which it is ligated at a different location in nature.
- Heterologous DNA is not endogenous to the cell into which it is introduced, but has been obtained from another cell. Generally, although not necessarily, such heterologous DNA encodes RNA and proteins that are not normally produced by the cell into which it is expressed. Examples of heterologous DNA include reporter genes, transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences, selectable marker proteins (e.g., proteins which confer drug resistance), etc.
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- the length of the amplified segment of the desired target sequence is determined by the relative positions of two oligonucleotide primers with respect to each other, and therefore, this length is a controllable parameter.
- the method is referred to as the “polymerase chain reaction” (hereinafter “PCR”). Because the desired amplified segments of the target sequence become the predominant sequences (in terms of concentration) in the mixture, they are said to be “PCR amplified.”
- PCR it is possible to amplify a single copy of a specific target sequence in genomic DNA to a level detectable by several different methodologies (e.g., hybridization with a labeled probe; incorporation of biotinylated primers followed by avidin-enzyme conjugate detection; incorporation of 32 P-labeled deoxynucleotide triphosphates, such as dCTP or dATP, into the amplified segment).
- any oligonucleotide sequence can be amplified with the appropriate set of primer molecules.
- the amplified segments created by the PCR process itself are, themselves, efficient templates for subsequent PCR amplifications.
- RNA is reverse transcribed using a single primer (e.g., an oligo-dT primer) prior to PCR amplification of the desired segment of the transcribed DNA using two primers.
- a single primer e.g., an oligo-dT primer
- the term “primer” refers to an oligonucleotide, whether occurring naturally as in a purified restriction digest or produced synthetically, which is capable of acting as a point of initiation of synthesis when placed under conditions in which synthesis of a primer extension product which is complementary to a nucleic acid strand is induced, (i.e., in the presence of nucleotides and of an inducing agent such as DNA polymerase and at a suitable temperature and pH).
- the primer is preferably single stranded for maximum efficiency in amplification, but may alternatively be double stranded. If double stranded, the primer is first treated to separate its strands before being used to prepare extension products.
- the primer is an oligodeoxyribonucleotide.
- the primer must be sufficiently long to prime the synthesis of extension products in the presence of the inducing agent. The exact lengths of the primers will depend on many factors, including temperature, source of primer and the use of the method.
- probe refers to an oligonucleotide (i.e., a sequence of nucleotides), whether occurring naturally as in a purified restriction digest or produced synthetically, recombinantly or by PCR amplification, which is capable of hybridizing to another oligonucleotide of interest.
- a probe may be single-stranded or double-stranded. Probes are useful in the detection, identification and isolation of particular gene sequences.
- any probe used in the present invention will be labeled with any “reporter molecule,” so that it is detectable in any detection system, including, but not limited to enzyme (e.g., ELISA, as well as enzyme-based histochemical assays), fluorescent, radioactive, and luminescent systems. It is not intended that the present invention be limited to any particular detection system or label.
- restriction endonucleases and “restriction enzymes” refer to bacterial enzymes, each of which cut double- or single-stranded DNA at or near a specific nucleotide sequence.
- an oligonucleotide having a nucleotide sequence encoding a gene means a nucleic acid sequence comprising the coding region of a gene, i.e. the nucleic acid sequence which encodes a gene product.
- the coding region may be present in either a cDNA, genomic DNA or RNA form.
- the oligonucleotide may be single-stranded (i.e., the sense strand) or double-stranded.
- Suitable control elements such as enhancers, promoters, splice junctions, polyadenylation signals, etc.
- the coding region utilized in the expression vectors of the present invention may contain endogenous enhancers, splice junctions, intervening sequences, polyadenylation signals, etc. or a combination of both endogenous and exogenous control elements.
- Enhancers consist of short arrays of DNA sequences that interact specifically with cellular proteins involved in transcription (Maniatis et al., Science 236:1237 [1987]). Enhancer elements have been isolated from a variety of eukaryotic sources including genes in plant, yeast, insect and mammalian cells and viruses. The selection of a particular enhancer depends on what cell type is to be used to express the protein of interest.
- Splicing signals mediate the removal of introns from the primary RNA transcript and consist of a splice donor and acceptor site (Sambrook, et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York, pp. 16.7-16.8 [1989]).
- a commonly used splice donor and acceptor site is the splice junction from the 16S RNA of SV40.
- Efficient expression of recombinant DNA sequences in eukaryotic cells requires expression of signals directing the efficient termination and polyadenylation of the resulting transcript. Transcription termination signals are generally found downstream of the polyadenylation signal and are a few hundred nucleotides in length.
- the term “poly A site” or “poly A sequence” as used herein denotes a DNA sequence which directs both the termination and polyadenylation of the nascent RNA transcript. Efficient polyadenylation of the recombinant transcript is desirable as transcripts lacking a poly A tail are unstable and are rapidly degraded.
- the poly A signal utilized in an expression vector may be “heterologous” or “endogenous.”
- An endogenous poly A signal is one that is found naturally at the 3′ end of the coding region of a given gene in the genome.
- a heterologous poly A signal is one which is isolated from one gene and placed 3′ of another gene.
- promoter refers to a DNA sequence which when placed at the 5′ end of (i.e., precedes) an oligonucleotide sequence is capable of controlling the transcription of the oligonucleotide sequence into mRNA.
- a promoter is typically located 5′ (i.e., upstream) of an oligonucleotide sequence whose transcription into mRNA it controls, and provides a site for specific binding by RNA polymerase and for initiation of transcription.
- promoter activity when made in reference to a nucleic acid sequence refers to the ability of the nucleic acid sequence to initiate transcription of an oligonucleotide sequence into mRNA.
- nucleic acid molecule encoding As used herein, the terms “nucleic acid molecule encoding,” “nucleotide encoding,” “DNA sequence encoding,” and “DNA encoding” refer to the order or sequence of deoxyribonucleotides along a strand of deoxyribonucleic acid. The order of these deoxyribonucleotides determines the order of amino acids along the polypeptide (protein) chain. The DNA sequence thus codes for the amino acid sequence.
- isolated when used in relation to a nucleic acid, as in “an isolated oligonucleotide” refers to a nucleic acid sequence that is separated from at least one contaminant nucleic acid with which it is ordinarily associated in its natural source. Isolated nucleic acid is nucleic acid present in a form or setting that is different from that in which it is found in nature. In contrast, non-isolated nucleic acids are nucleic acids such as DNA and RNA which are found in the state they exist in nature.
- a given DNA sequence e.g., a gene
- RNA sequences such as a specific mRNA sequence encoding a specific protein
- isolated nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide of interest includes, by way of example, such nucleic acid in cells ordinarily expressing the polypeptide of interest where the nucleic acid is in a chromosomal or extrachromosomal location different from that of natural cells, or is otherwise flanked by a different nucleic acid sequence than that found in nature.
- the isolated nucleic acid or oligonucleotide may be present in single-stranded or double-stranded form. Isolated nucleic acid can be readily identified (if desired) by a variety of techniques (e.g., hybridization, dot blotting, etc.).
- the oligonucleotide will contain at a minimum the sense or coding strand (i.e., the oligonucleotide may be single-stranded). Alternatively, it may contain both the sense and anti-sense strands (i.e., the oligonucleotide may be double-stranded).
- coding region when used in reference to a structural gene refers to the nucleotide sequences which encode the amino acids found in the nascent polypeptide as a result of translation of a mRNA molecule.
- the coding region is bounded, in eukaryotes, on the 5′ side by the nucleotide triplet “ATG” which encodes the initiator methionine and on the 3′ side by one of the three triplets, which specify stop codons (i.e., TAA, TAG, TGA).
- structural gene or “structural nucleotide sequence” refers to a DNA sequence coding for RNA or a protein, which does not control the expression of other genes.
- a “regulatory gene” or “regulatory sequence” is a structural gene which encodes products (e.g., transcription factors) which control the expression of other genes.
- regulatory element refers to a genetic element, which controls some aspect of the expression of nucleic acid sequences.
- a promoter is a regulatory element, which facilitates the initiation of transcription of an operably linked coding region.
- Other regulatory elements include splicing signals, polyadenylation signals, termination signals, etc.
- the term “gene” means the deoxyribonucleotide sequences comprising the coding region of a structural gene.
- a “gene” may also include non-translated sequences located adjacent to the coding region on both the 5′ and 3′ ends such that the gene corresponds to the length of the full-length mRNA.
- the sequences which are located 5′ of the coding region and which are present on the mRNA are referred to as 5′ non-translated sequences.
- the sequences which are located 3′ or downstream of the coding region and which are present on the mRNA are referred to as 3′ non-translated sequences.
- the term “gene” encompasses both cDNA and genomic forms of a gene.
- a genomic form or clone of a gene contains the coding region interrupted with non-coding sequences termed “introns” or “intervening regions” or “intervening sequences.”
- Introns are segments of a gene, which are transcribed into heterogenous nuclear RNA (hnRNA); introns may contain regulatory elements such as enhancers. Introns are removed or “spliced out” from the nuclear or primary transcript; introns therefore are absent in the messenger RNA (mRNA) transcript.
- mRNA messenger RNA
- genomic forms of a gene may also include sequences located on both the 5′ and 3′ end of the sequences, which are present on the RNA transcript. These sequences are referred to as “flanking” sequences or regions (these flanking sequences are located 5′ or 3′ to the non-translated sequences present on the mRNA transcript).
- the 5′ flanking region may contain regulatory sequences such as promoters and enhancers, which control or influence the transcription of the gene.
- the 3′ flanking region may contain sequences which direct the termination of transcription, post-transcriptional cleavage and polyadenylation.
- the term “subject” refers to any animal, including humans.
- animal refers to any animal, including humans, as well as vertebrates such as rodents, non-human primates, ovines, bovines, ruminants, lagomorphs, porcines, caprines, equines, canines, felines, aves, etc.
- non-human animal refers to any animal which is not a human and includes vertebrates such as rodents, non-human primates, ovines, bovines, ruminants, lagomorphs, porcines, caprines, equines, canines, felines, aves, etc. Preferred non-human animals are selected from the order Rodentia.
- the term “at risk for disease” refers to a subject (e.g., a human) that is predisposed to experiencing a particular disease.
- This predisposition may be genetic (e.g., a particular genetic tendency to experience the disease, such as heritable disorders), or due to other factors (e.g., environmental conditions, exposures to detrimental compounds present in the environment, etc.).
- genetic e.g., a particular genetic tendency to experience the disease, such as heritable disorders
- other factors e.g., environmental conditions, exposures to detrimental compounds present in the environment, etc.
- the term “suffering from disease” refers to a subject (e.g., a human) that is experiencing a particular disease. It is not intended that the present invention be limited to any particular signs or symptoms, nor disease. Thus, it is intended that the present invention encompass subjects that are experiencing any range of disease, from sub-clinical infection to full-blown disease, wherein the subject exhibits at least some of the indicia (e.g., signs and symptoms) associated with the particular disease.
- disease refers to any pathological condition, and encompasses infectious diseases, cancer, and other abnormalities. Indeed, it is not intended that the present invention be limited to any particular disease. In addition, the term encompasses the signs and symptoms associated with pathological processes (e.g., the indicators of inflammation).
- cell culture refers to any in vitro culture of cells. Included within this term are continuous cell lines (e.g., with an immortal phenotype), primary cell cultures, finite cell lines (e.g., non-transformed cells), and any other cell population maintained in vitro.
- a “transformed cell” is a cell or cell line that has acquired the ability to grow in cell culture for many multiple generations, the ability to grow in soft agar and the ability to not have cell growth inhibited by cell-to-cell contact.
- transformation refers to the introduction of foreign genetic material into a cell or organism. Transformation may be accomplished by any method known which permits the successful introduction of nucleic acids into cells and which results in the expression of the introduced nucleic acid. “Transformation” includes but is not limited to such methods as transfection, microinjection, electroporation, and lipofection (liposome-mediated gene transfer). Transformation may be accomplished through use of any expression vector. For example, the use of baculovirus to introduce foreign nucleic acid into insect cells is contemplated. The term “transformation” also includes methods such as P-element mediated germline transformation of whole insects. Additionally, transformation refers to cells that have been transformed naturally, usually through genetic mutation.
- kit is used in reference to a combination of reagents and other materials. It is contemplated that the kit may include reagents such as antibodies, control proteins, as well as testing containers (e.g., microtiter plates, etc.). It is not intended that the term “kit” be limited to a particular combination of reagents and/or other materials.
- NF- K B transcription factor The ubiquitous NF- K B transcription factor is involved in the activation of an exceptionally large number of genes in response to proinflammatory signals, viral and bacterial infections, and other stressful situations requiring rapid reprogramming of gene transcription. Indeed, NF- ⁇ B is a critical activator of genes involved in inflammation and immunity (See e.g., Baldwin, Ann. Rev. Immunol., 14:649-683 [1996]; and Barnes et al., New Engl. J. Med., 336:1066-1071 [1997]).
- Pro-inflammatory cytokines activate the I ⁇ B kinase (IKK complex) that phosphorylates NF- ⁇ B inhibitors, triggering their conjugation with ubiquitin and subsequent degradation (See e.g., DiDonato et al., Nature 388:548-554 [1997]; and Zandi et al., Science 281:1360-1363 [1998]).
- IKK complex I ⁇ B kinase
- Freed NF- ⁇ B dimers translocate to the nucleus and induce target genes, including the gene of cyclo-oxygenase 2 (COX2), which catalyzes the synthesis of pro-inflammatory prostaglandins, in particular PGE (See e.g., Herschman et al., Adv. Exp. Med.
- COX2 directs the synthesis of anti-inflammatory cyclopentenone prostaglandins, indicating a role for these molecules in the resolution of inflammation (See, Gilroy, Nature Med., 5:698-701 [1999]).
- NF- K B transcription factor is important for maintaining good health. Inappropriate regulation of NF- K B transcription factor is directly involved in a wide range of human diseases.
- the activation of NF- K B plays an important role in various inflammatory diseases.
- glucocorticoids inhibit NF- K B by increasing the rate of I K B synthesis, thus, suppressing both immune and inflammatory responses.
- the development of constitutive NF- K B activation appears to be a critical step acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS).
- AIDS acquired immune deficiency syndrome
- IKKs I K B kinase complexes
- human serine protein kinase comprises IKK ⁇ , IKK ⁇ , and IKK ⁇ subunits.
- the IKK ⁇ and IKK ⁇ subunits possess kinase activity, while the IKK ⁇ subunit is critical for regulating this activity.
- Proinflammatory signals are known to activate IKK ⁇ and IKK ⁇ subunits of I K B.
- IKK ⁇ interacts directly with IKK ⁇ and IKK ⁇ subunits. Reduced IKK ⁇ expression interferes with I K B ⁇ phosphorylation and degradation, and thus NF- K B activation.
- IKK ⁇ can also function to connect the IKK complex to upstream activators.
- pro-inflammatory cytokines can activate the IKK complex.
- the activated IKK complex (IKB kinase) phosphorylates NF-KB inhibitors (IKB).
- IKB NF-KB inhibitors
- Free NF- ⁇ B dimers produced due to ubiquitination and degradation are then able to translocate to the nucleus of cells and induce target genes, including COX2, which catalyzes the synthesis of pro-inflammatory prostaglandins.
- the synthesis of pro-inflammatory prostaglandins then results in inflammation.
- COX2 also has a role in the resolution of inflammation.
- cyclopentenone prostaglandins have been suggested to exert anti-inflammatory activity through the activation of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (See e.g., Ricote et al., Nature 391:79-82 [1998]; and Jiang et al., Nature 391:82-86 [1998]).
- the present invention provides methods and compositions to reduce and/or prevent inflammation by the inhibition and modification of the IKK ⁇ subunit of IKK.
- the present invention provides means for the utilization of cyclopentenone prostaglandins and improvements in the utilization of COX2 inhibitors.
- Cyclopentenone prostaglandins affect cell proliferation, inhibit inflammation, inhibit NF- ⁇ B activation in human cells stimulated with tumor necrosis factor ⁇ (TNF ⁇ ) or 12-O-tetradecanoylphorbol-13-acetate (TPA), and inhibit virus replication (See e.g., Fukushima, Eicosanoids 3:189-199 [1990]; Santoro et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
- Cyclopentenone prostaglandins act by activating the heat shock transcription factor HSF, by inhibiting the activation of NF- ⁇ B, by blocking IKB degradation, and phosphorylation (See, Santoro et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
- cyPGs act by preventing phosphorylation and degradation of the NF- ⁇ B inhibitor I ⁇ B ⁇ (Rossi et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA supra).
- I ⁇ B ⁇ is phosphorylated by the IKK complex, which contains two catalytic subunits (IKK ⁇ and IKK ⁇ ) and the IKK ⁇ or NEMO regulatory subunit (Rothwarf et al., Nature 395:297-300 [1990]; and Yamaoka et al., Cell 93:1231-1240 [1998]), at sites that trigger its ubiquitination-dependent degradation (DiDonato et al., Nature 388:548-554 [1997]; and Zandi et al., Science 281:1360-1363 [1998]).
- PGA 1 cyPG prostaglandin A 1
- TNF ⁇ i.e., as shown in FIG. 1A
- TPA i.e., as shown in FIG. 1B
- Both TNF ⁇ and TPA rapidly stimulated IKK activity, which reached a maximum after 10-15 minutes.
- PGA 1 was shown to inhibit IKK activity and prevent I ⁇ B ⁇ degradation, as well as NF- ⁇ B activation by both inducers (See, FIG. 1A and FIG.
- PGA 1 targets a selected subset of kinases that activate transcription factors.
- PGA 1 did not inhibit the DNA binding of transcription factors Oct1 and Sp1 (See e.g., FIG. 1A ).
- a 15-min exposure to PGA 1 was sufficient to partially inhibit IKK activity, but more substantial inhibition required longer pre-incubation ( FIG. 1D ).
- PGA 1 inhibited IKK activity and prevented NF- ⁇ B activation in HeLa cells stimulated with interleukin-1 (IL-1) or TNF ⁇ (See, FIG. 1E ).
- IL-1 interleukin-1
- TNF ⁇ TNF ⁇
- the inhibitory effect of PGA 1 is independent of type of cell and stimulus.
- the half-maximal inhibitory (IC 50 ) concentration of PGA 1 towards NF- ⁇ B was 12 mM in Jurkat cells, whereas the IC 50 was 65 mM in HeLa cells (data not shown).
- IKK can be activated by the overexpression of protein kinases MEKK1 (MAP kinase Erk kinase kinase 1) or NIK (NF- ⁇ B-inducing kinase) (See, Karin and Delhase, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:9067-9069 [1998]).
- MEKK1 MAP kinase Erk kinase kinase 1
- NIK NF- ⁇ B-inducing kinase
- HA-IKK ⁇ was incorporated into functional cytokine-responsive complexes with relative molecular mass (M r ) 900K (Rothwarf et al., supra).
- M r relative molecular mass
- NIK-induced IKK activity was inhibited by PGA 1 added immediately after or 18 hours after transfection ( FIG. 2B ).
- PGA 1 also inhibited MEKK1-induced IKK activity in Jurkat and in COS cells (data not shown).
- IKK ⁇ has the major role in responding to pro-inflammatory stimuli (Delhase et al., Science 284:309-313 [1999]; and Tanaka et al., Immun., 10:421-429 [1999]) and is also inhibited by high concentrations of the anti-inflammatory drug aspirin (Yin et al., Nature 398:77-80 [1998]).
- IKK ⁇ activity To determine the effect of cyPG on IKK ⁇ activity, constitutively active IKK complexes were generated, comprising mostly IKK ⁇ homodimers (Zandi et al., supra) by overexpression of HA-tagged IKK ⁇ , in COS cells. In these cells, PGA 1 did not affect IKK ⁇ expression, as determined by immunoblotting, whereas it strongly inhibited IKK ⁇ activity ( FIG. 2C ).
- the bioactive cyPG 15-deoxy- ⁇ 12-14 -PGJ 2 (15dPGJ 2 ), which is physiologically formed by dehydration and isomerization of the COX metabolite PGD 2 , can activate peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor- ⁇ (PPAR- ⁇ ), a nuclear receptor that interferes with NF- ⁇ B transcriptional activity (Ricote et al., supra; and Jiang et al., Nature 391:82-86 [1998]).
- PPAR- ⁇ peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor- ⁇
- 15dPGJ 2 inhibits the production of pro-inflammatory cytokines and inducible nitric oxide synthase (iNOS) in activated monocytes by a mechanism suggested to involve PPAR- ⁇ (Ricote et al., supra and Jiang et al., supra).
- iNOS inducible nitric oxide synthase
- 15dPGJ 2 An anti-inflammatory effect of endogenous and exogenous 15dPGJ 2 has been shown in carrageenin-induced pleurisy in rats, which suggests that there is a physiological anti-inflammatory role for cyPGs (Gilroy et al., Nature Med., 5:698-701 [1998]). 15dPGJ 2 was found to be a potent inhibitor of NF- ⁇ B activation by TPA in human cells that express very low levels of PPAR- ⁇ (data not shown). Thus, experiments were conducted to examine whether 15dPGJ 2 targets IKK.
- 15dPGJ 2 inhibited the induction of IKK and NF- ⁇ B activities by TNF ⁇ (i.e., as shown in FIG. 3A ).
- the IC 50 for inhibition of NF- ⁇ B DNA-binding activity was 2.25 mM, whereas that for IKK activity was 5.08 mM. These concentrations are comparable to those required for inhibition of cytokine synthesis (Ricote et al., supra; and Jiang et al., supra).
- 15dPGJ 2 stimulated JNK activity even in the absence of TNF ⁇ (See, FIG. 3A ).
- 15dPGJ 2 also inhibited TNF ⁇ -induced IKK activity in human peripheral blood monocytes, but did not inhibit the DNA-binding activities of Oct1 or Sp1 (data not shown).
- CyPGs also inhibited IKK activity in vitro. Endogenous IKK from TNF ⁇ -stimulated HeLa cells was immunoprecipitated and its kinase activity was determined in the presence of different concentrations of PGA 1 (See, FIG. 3B ) or 15dPGJ 2 (See, FIG. 3C ). IKK activity was inhibited in a dose-dependent manner by both PGA 1 and 15dPGJ 2 , with IC 50 values of 79.8 ⁇ M and 7.08 ⁇ M, respectively. No significant inhibition of either p38 or JNK1 activity was observed upon in vitro incubation with up to 60 ⁇ M 15dPGJ 2 (data not shown).
- a reactive ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carbonyl group in the cyclopentane ring which renders this portion of the molecule able to form Michael adducts with cellular nucleophilics and covalently modify specific proteins (Fukushima et al., supra; and Rossi et al., J. Biol. Chem., 271:32192-32196 [1996]) is essential for IKK inhibition (See, FIG. 5C ).
- the requirement for a chemically reactive cyclopentenone moiety indicates that cyPGs may inhibit IKK ⁇ through its direct modification.
- an understanding of the mechanism(s) involved is not necessary in order to use the present invention.
- an NF- ⁇ B-dependent transcriptional reporter (2 ⁇ NF ⁇ B-LUC) was co-transfected with an expression vector encoding either wild-type IKK ⁇ or IKK ⁇ (C 179A).
- a NIK expression vector was included to ensure maximal IKK activation. Whereas activation of NF- ⁇ B transcription activity through wild-type IKK ⁇ was highly sensitive to 15dPGJ 2 , NF- ⁇ B activation through IKK ⁇ (C 179A) was insensitive to the inhibitor (See, FIG. 6E ). Together, these results indicate that cyPGs inhibit IKK by direct modification of its IKK ⁇ subunit.
- the transfection experiments indicate that IKK ⁇ is the critical target for cyPGs in the NF- ⁇ B activation pathway. When IKK ⁇ is rendered resistant to modification, very little inhibition of NF- ⁇ B transcriptional activity occurs in cyPG-treated cells.
- CyPGs affect cell proliferation (Fukushima et al., supra; and Santoro et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:8407-8411 [1989]), and inhibit inflammation (Gilroy et al., supra; and Ricote et al., supra), and virus replication (Santoro, Trends Microbiol., 5:276-281 [1997]; and Santoro et al., Science 209:1032-1034 [1980]).
- NF- ⁇ B activation i.e., a factor that modulates cell proliferation, differentiation and survival, controls inflammation and is required for expression and replication of certain viruses, such as HIV-1
- NF- ⁇ B activation i.e., a factor that modulates cell proliferation, differentiation and survival, controls inflammation and is required for expression and replication of certain viruses, such as HIV-1
- potent PPAR- ⁇ agonists which are not cyPGs, are poor NF- ⁇ B inhibitors (Ricote et al., supra; and Staels et al., Nature 393:79-793 [1998]).
- troglitazone a PPAR- ⁇ agonist, does not inhibit either IKK activity or NF- ⁇ B activation in HeLa cells stimulated with TNF ⁇ (data not shown).
- Prostaglandins are physiologically present in body fluids at picomolar-to-nanomolar concentrations (See, Fukushima et al., supra; and Serhan et al., FASEB 20:1147-1158 [1996]).
- arachidonic acid metabolism is highly increased in several pathological conditions, including hyperthermia, infection and inflammation (Herschman et al., Adv. Exp. Med. Biol., 407:61-66 [1977]; Newton et al., Biochem.
- concentrations of cyPG that are sufficient for IKK inhibition may occur locally during late phases of inflammatory responses.
- cyPGs inhibit IKK through covalent and irreversible modification it is contemplated that their effect is cumulative.
- COX2 synthesis is under NF- ⁇ B control (Herschman et al., supra; and Newton et al., supra)
- the inhibition of IKK by cyPGs forms a negative autoregulatory loop that contributes to resolution of inflammation.
- the present invention provides compounds that are effective inhibitors of IKK for the treatment and prevention of disease (or other pathological conditions) in animals (e.g., a mammal such as a human).
- diseases include, but are not limited to chronic and acute inflammation, cancer, viral infection, bacterial infection, and transplant rejection.
- the present invention be limited to any specific disease or condition. Indeed, it is contemplated that the present invention will find use in treatment and/or prevention regimens for numerous diseases and conditions in which inhibition of NF- ⁇ B activity is desirable.
- the compounds are sufficiently basic or acidic to form stable nontoxic acid or base salts
- administration of the compounds as salts is appropriate.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts included but are not limited to organic addition salts formed with acids which form a physiologically acceptable anion, for example, tosylate, methanesulfonate, acetate, citrate, malonate, tartarate, succinate, benzoate, ascorbate, ⁇ -ketoglutarate, and ⁇ -glycerophosphate.
- suitable inorganic salts are formed, including hydrochloride, sulfate, nitrate, bicarbonate, and carbonate salts.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts for use in the present invention are obtained using standard procedures well known in the art, including but not limited to reacting a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine with a suitable acid, producing a physiologically acceptable anion.
- a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine
- suitable acid such as an amine
- Alkali metal (e.g., sodium, potassium, and lithium) or alkaline earth metal (e.g., calcium) salts of carboxylic acids are also contemplated for use in the present invention.
- the compounds of formula I are formulated as pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a mammalian host (e.g., humans and other animals), in any of a variety of forms adapted to the chosen route of administration (e.g., orally, intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, topical, etc.).
- a mammalian host e.g., humans and other animals
- the present compounds are systemically administered (e.g., orally or intravenously), in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle(s) such as an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier.
- the compounds are enclosed in hard or soft shell gelatin capsules, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly into or served in conjunction with the subject's diet.
- the active compound is combined with one or more excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like.
- such compositions and preparations contain at least 0.1% of active compound. It is contemplated that the percentage of the compositions and preparations will vary, depending upon the particular patient's condition, as known in the art.
- the concentration is conveniently formulated to be between about 2 to about 60% of the weight of a given unit dosage form. The amount of active compound in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that an effective dosage level is obtained.
- the tablets, troches, pills, capsules and the like also contain components such as binders (e.g., gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch or gelatin), excipients (e.g., dicalcium phosphate); disintegrating agent(s) (e.g., corn starch, potato starch, alginic acid, etc.), lubricant(s) (e.g., magnesium stearate); sweetening agent(s) (e.g., sucrose, fructose, lactose, xylitol, aspartame, etc.), and/or flavoring agent(s) (e.g., peppermint, oil of wintergreen, cherry, etc.).
- binders e.g., gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch or gelatin
- excipients e.g., dicalcium phosphate
- disintegrating agent(s) e.g., corn starch, potato starch, alginic
- the capsule contains a liquid carrier (e.g., vegetable oil or polyethylene glycol).
- a liquid carrier e.g., vegetable oil or polyethylene glycol.
- Various other materials are also included in some embodiments, including but not limited to coatings (e.g., gelatin, wax, shellac, sugar, etc.), preservatives (e.g., methyl and propylparaben), dyes, etc.
- the active compounds are incorporated into sustained release preparations and/or devices.
- the materials used are pharmaceutically acceptable and substantially non-toxic in the amounts utilized.
- the active compound(s) is/are administered via injection (e.g., intravenously, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, intrathecally, intrasynovially, etc.).
- solutions of the active compound or its salts are prepared in water and in some embodiments, mixed with nontoxic surfactant(s).
- dispersions are prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, triacetin, and mixtures thereof, and in oils.
- the preparations contain preservatives and/or antimicrobials to prevent the growth of microorganisms in the preparation.
- the present invention provides various pharmaceutical dosage forms suitable for injection and/or infusion, including embodiments in which sterile aqueous solutions, dispersions, and/or sterile powders comprising the active ingredient are adapted for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable or infusible solutions or dispersions.
- the compositions are encapsulated within liposomes.
- the ultimate dosage form is sterile and stable, under the conditions of manufacture and storage.
- the liquid carrier or vehicle is a solvent or liquid dispersion medium (e.g., containing water, ethanol, polyol [e.g, glycerol, propylene glycols, etc.], vegetable oils, nontoxic glyceryl esters, and suitable mixtures thereof).
- the proper fluidity is maintained by formation of liposomes, by maintenance of the required particle size (e.g., in dispersions) and/or surfactants.
- antimicrobials e.g., antibacterials and/or antifungals
- are incorporated e.g., parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, etc.).
- isotonic agents e.g., sugars, buffers, sodium chloride, etc.
- prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions is accomplished through use of agent(s) that delay absorption (e.g., aluminum monostearate and gelatin).
- sterile injectable solutions are prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in the appropriate solvent with various additional ingredients (e.g., compositions described above) as required, followed by filter sterilization.
- additional ingredients e.g., compositions described above
- the preferred methods of preparation include, but are not limited to vacuum drying and freeze drying, which yield the active ingredient in powdered form (in addition to any other ingredient(s) present in the previously sterile-filtered solutions).
- dermatologically acceptable carriers solid or liquid
- Useful solid carriers include but are not limited to talc, clay, microcrystalline cellulose, silica, alumina, etc.
- Useful liquid carriers include, but are not limited to water, alcohols, glycols, and/or water-alcohol/glycol blends, in which the active compound(s) are dissolved or dispersed at effective levels, optionally with the aid of non-toxic surfactants.
- other ingredients are also incorporated into the preparation, including but not limited to fragrances.
- the compositions of the present invention are applied using absorbent pads, bandages and or dressings impregnated with the composition(s), or sprayed onto the area to be treated using pump or aerosol sprayers.
- thickeners e.g., synthetic polymers, fatty acids, fatty acid salts, fatty acid esters, modified celluloses, and modified mineral materials
- liquid carriers e.g., synthetic polymers, fatty acids, fatty acid salts, fatty acid esters, modified celluloses, and modified mineral materials
- useful dermatological compositions include, but are not limited to Jacquet et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 4,608,392), Geria (U.S. Pat. No. 4,992,478), Smith et al., (U.S. Pat. No. 4,559,157), and Wortzman (U.S. Pat. No. 4,820,508), all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- the useful dosages are determined by comparing the in vitro and in vivo activity in animal models. Methods for extrapolating the effective dosages in mice and other animals to humans are known in the art (See e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,938,949, herein incorporated by reference).
- a suitable dose of the compound is in the range of from about 0.5 to about 100 mg/kg (e.g., from about 1 to about 75 mg/kg of body weight per day), such as from about 3 to about 50 mg/kg per day, preferably in the range of 5 to 10 mg/kg/day.
- the compound is conveniently administered in unit dosage form (e.g., containing 5 to 1000 mg, 10 to 750 mg, or 50 to 500 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form).
- the active compound is administered so as to achieve peak plasma concentrations of the active compound of from about 0.5 to about 75 ⁇ M, preferably, about 1 to 50 ⁇ M, and most preferably about 2 to about 30 ⁇ M. In some embodiments, this is achieved by the intravenous injection of a 0.05% to 5% solution of the active compound.
- this is achieved using saline as a diluent (e.g., in injectable embodiments) or orally administering the active compound as a bolus containing about 1-100 mg of the active compound.
- desirable blood levels of the active compound are maintained by continuous infusion, so as to provide about 0.01 to 5.0 mg/kg/hr, while in other embodiments, intermittent infusions are used, so as to provide about 0.4 to 15 mg/kg of the active compound.
- the desired dose is conveniently presented as a single dose, while in other embodiments, multiple doses are provided (e.g., for administration at appropriate intervals during the day, week, or month, etc.).
- the sub-doses are further divided (e.g., into a number of discrete loosely spaced administrations, such as for multiple administrations from an insufflator or by application of a plurality of drops into the eye).
- the ability of the compound(s) of the present invention to inhibit inflammation in particular clinical settings is determined using well-known pharmacological models, in addition (or as an alternative) to the methods described herein (See e.g., Gilroy et al., Nature Med., 5:698-701 [1994]; and Ricote et al., Nature 391:74-82 [1998]).
- the present invention provides numerous embodiments for the treatment and/or prevention of diseases and/or conditions associated with the NF- ⁇ B activity.
- the present invention provides methods and compositions suitable to inhibit (prevent or decrease) NF- ⁇ B activity.
- ICN ICN Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Costa Mesa, Calif.
- Amicon Amicon, Inc., Beverly, Mass.); ATCC (American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Md.); Becton Dickinson (Becton Dickinson Labware, Lincoln Park, N.J.); BioRad (BioRad, Richmond, Calif.); Clontech (CLONTECH Laboratories, Palo Alto, Calif.); Difco (Difco Laboratories, Detroit, Mich.); GIBCO BRL or Gibco BRL (Life Technologies, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.); Qiagen (Qiagen, Inc., Valencia, Calif.); Invitrogen (Invitrogen Corp., San Diego, Calif.); Kodak (Eastman Kodak Co., New Haven, Conn.); New England Biolabs (New England Biolabs, Inc., Beverly, Mass.); Novagen (Novagen, Inc., Madison, Wis.); Pharmacia (Pharmaci), rofib,
- Cells used in the experiments described herein were cultured in either RPMI 1640 (Jurkat cells) or DMEM (HeLa and COS cells), supplemented with 10% FBS and antibiotics. Cells were stimulated with either 25 ng/ml TPA, 20 ng/ml recombinant TNF ⁇ , or 10 ng/ml interleukin 1 ⁇ (Sigma).
- PGA 1 , 15dPGJ 2 , TxB 2 , LTB 4 , AA and other PGs (Cayman) dissolved in ethanol were used as well, as known in the art (See e.g., Rossi et al., 94:746-750 [1997]). Controls received equal amounts of ethanol.
- Transfections were performed using Lipofectamine Plus (GIBCO) for HeLa and COS cells and DEAE-dextran (Sigma) for Jurkat cells.
- Xpress-tagged NIK, Xpress-tagged MEKK1, HA-tagged IKK ⁇ , and HA-tagged IKK ⁇ were also used (See e.g., Zandi et al., Science 281:1360-1363 [1998]; and Delhase et al., Science 284:309-313 [1999]).
- COX2 and cPLA2 expression vectors were obtained from Dr. L. Feng (See also, Hirose et al., J. Am. Soc. Nephrol., 9:408-416 [1998]).
- PGD synthase was cloned from HT29 colon carcinoma cell line cDNA by PCR and subcloned into a pcDNA3 vector.
- Cells were lysed in buffer B (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 400 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM EGTA, 1% Triton, 0.5% NP-40, 10% glycerol, and supplemented with 20 mM ⁇ -glycerophosphate, 10 mM PNPP, 500 mM Na 3 VO 4 , 1 mM PMSF, 20 ⁇ g/ml aprotinin, 2.5 ⁇ g/ml leupeptin, 8.3 ⁇ g/ml bestatin, 1.7 ⁇ g/ml pepstatin, and 2 mM DTT).
- buffer B 50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 400 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM
- recombinant IKK ⁇ was expressed in Sf9 cells and purified as described (Zandi et al., supra). AA, PGs, LTB 4 , and TxB 2 were added to washed immunoprecipitates of recombinant IKK ⁇ in kinase buffer to a final volume of 500 ⁇ l. After 1.5 hours at 4° C., the immunoprecipitates were washed and the kinase activity determined. Western blot analysis was also performed as known in the art (See e.g., Rossi et al., supra).
- PGA 1 Human lymphoblastoid Jurkat cells were treated with the cyPG prostaglandin A 1 (PGA 1 ) and stimulated with either TNF ⁇ (as indicated in FIG. 1A ) or TPA (as indicated in FIG. 1B ). Both TNF ⁇ and TPA rapidly stimulated IKK activity, reaching a maximum after 10-15 minutes. As indicated in FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B , PGA 1 inhibited IKK activity and prevented I ⁇ B ⁇ degradation and NF- ⁇ B activation by both inducers. However, as indicated in FIG. 1C , PGA 1 did not inhibit activation of JNK and p38 MAP kinases. Hence, PGA 1 targets a selected subset of kinases that activate transcription factors.
- PGA 1 did not inhibit DNA binding of transcription factors Oct1 and Sp1, as shown in FIG. 1A .
- a 15 minute exposure to PGA 1 was sufficient to partially inhibit IKK activity, but more substantial inhibition required longer preincubation, as indicated by the results in FIG. 1D .
- PGA 1 inhibited IKK activity and prevented NF- ⁇ B activation in HeLa cells stimulated with interleukin-1 (IL-1) or TNF ⁇ , as indicated in FIG. 1E .
- IL-1 interleukin-1
- FIG. 1E the inhibitory effect of PGA 1 is independent of the type of cell and stimulus.
- the half-maximal inhibitory (IC 50 ) concentration of PGA 1 towards NF- ⁇ B was 12 ⁇ M
- the half-maximal inhibition for HeLa cells was 65 ⁇ M PGA 1 .
- 15dPGJ 2 inhibited induction of IKK and NF- ⁇ B activities by TNF ⁇ , as shown in FIG. 2A .
- the IC 50 for inhibition of NF- ⁇ B DNA binding activity was 2.25 ⁇ M, while the half-maximal inhibition of IKK activity was observed to be 5.08 ⁇ M for 15dPGJ 2 .
- 15dPGJ 2 stimulated JNK activity, even in the absence of TNF ⁇ , as indicated in FIG. 2A .
- 15dPGJ 2 also inhibited TNF ⁇ -induced IKK activity in human peripheral blood monocytes and did not inhibit Oct1 nor Sp1 DNA binding activities.
- Endogenous IKK was immunoprecipitated from TNF ⁇ -stimulated HeLa cells and the kinase activity determined in the presence of different concentrations of PGA 1 (the results of which are shown in FIG. 2B ) or 15dPGJ 2 (the results of which are shown in FIG. 2C ). IKK activity was inhibited in a dose-dependent fashion by both PGA 1 and 15dPGJ 2 , with IC 50 values of 79.8 ⁇ M and 7.08 ⁇ M, respectively. No significant inhibition of either p38 or JNK1 activities was observed upon in vitro incubation with up to 60 ⁇ M 15dPGJ 2 .
- HEK 293 cells were transfected with expression vectors encoding enzymes implicated in the biosynthesis of PGD 2 , which is spontaneously converted to 15dPGJ 2 by non-enzymatic degradation.
- HEK 293 cells were transfected with expression vectors for cytosolic phospholipase A2 (cPLA2), cyclooxygenase 2 (COX2), and prostaglandin D synthase (PGDS). After 12 hours, the cells were washed, incubated in low serum (0.5%) medium for an additional 30 hours and then treated with TNF ⁇ for 15 minutes. I ⁇ B ⁇ degradation and IKK activity were then determined. I ⁇ B ⁇ immunoblots were reprobed with anti-p65, to verify equal loading of samples.
- cPLA2 cytosolic phospholipase A2
- COX2 cyclooxygenase 2
- PGDS prostaglandin D synthase
- control indicates unstimulated cells
- “-” indicates treatment with diluent alone.
- IKK was immunoprecipitated from TNF ⁇ -stimulated HeLA cells and incubated in vitro with 100 ⁇ M AA, PGA 1 , PGB 2 , PGD 2 , PGE 1 , PGE 2 , PGF 1 ⁇ , or TxB 2 , 2 ⁇ M LTB 4 or 10 ⁇ M 15dPGJ 2 , followed by kinase assay and immunoblot analysis.
- FIG. 5B shows the results of the different AA-metabolites used in these experiments and indicated in FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B .
- Type A and J cyPGs were found to inhibit IKK activity in vivo and in vitro.
- AA and AA metabolites including PGB 2 , PGD 2 , PGE 1 , PGE 2 , PGF 1 ⁇ , thromboxane B 2 (TxB 2 ) and leukotriene B 4 (LTB 4 ) were ineffective.
- FIG. 6A shows results for IKK immunoprecipitated from TNF ⁇ stimulated HeLa cells and incubated with 15dPGJ 2 (0-30 ⁇ M) with or without ATP in lysis buffer at 4° C. for 30 minutes. The pellets were rinsed and kinase activity was measured.
- cysteine residues are plausible targets for Michael addition reactions on proteins.
- cysteine was replaced with an alanine using site-directed mutagenesis.
- HeLa cells were transiently transfected with expression vectors for IKK ⁇ (WT) or IKK ⁇ (C179A) with or without a NIK expression vector. After 16 hours, NIK transfected cells were treated for 2 hours with 15dPGJ 2 . Kinase activity (KA) and expression (IB:HA) were subsequently determined.
- WT wild-type
- IKK ⁇ and mutant IKK ⁇ i.e., IKK ⁇ (C179A)
- both constructs were equally responsive to NIK, resulting in similar levels of kinase activity, the IKK ⁇ (C179A) mutant was resistant to inhibitor (See, FIG. 6C ).
- Recombinant IKK ⁇ (C179A) was also resistant to concentrations of 15dPGJ 2 that were inhibitory to wild-type IKK ⁇ (as shown in FIG. 6D ), and also to PGA 1 .
- An NF- ⁇ B dependent transcriptional reporter (2 ⁇ NF ⁇ B-LUC) was preincubated with expression vector encoding either wild-type IKK ⁇ or IKK ⁇ (C179A).
- a NIK expression vector was included to ensure maximal IKK activation. While activation of NF- ⁇ B transcriptional activity through wild-type IKK ⁇ was highly sensitive to 15dPGJ 2 , NF- ⁇ B activation through IKK ⁇ (C179A) was insensitive to the inhibitor (See, results shown in FIG. 6E ).
- FIG. 6E See, results shown in FIG. 6E ).
- 6E provides the results for HeLa cells transiently transfected with a 2 ⁇ NF- ⁇ B-LUC reporter, a NIK expression vector and expression vectors for wild type IKK ⁇ or IKK ⁇ (C179A).
- a 2 ⁇ NF- ⁇ B-LUC reporter a 2 ⁇ NF- ⁇ B-LUC reporter
- a NIK expression vector for wild type IKK ⁇ or IKK ⁇ (C179A).
- the luciferase activities were determined for duplicate samples. In each case, the maximal activity achieved in the absence of inhibitor was given an arbitrary value of 100% and the other values were calculated relative to this one.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides methods and compositions for inhibiting IKK, as well as methods and compositions for identifying compounds with activity as inhibitors of IKK, and methods and compositions for the treatment of diseases and/or conditions wherein IKK is implicated and inhibition of its activity is desired. In addition, the present invention provides methods and compositions for the improving the therapeutic activity of COX2 inhibitors, comprising administering the COX2 to a subject in combination with a compound that inhibits IKK activity. The present invention further provides compositions that comprise compounds that inhibit IKK and COX2.
Description
- The present application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. Nos. 60/167,090 and 60/186,023, filed Nov. 23, 1999 and Mar. 1, 2000, respectively. The disclosures of these applications are hereby incorporated by reference in the present application.
- The present invention was made with government support from the National Institutes of Health, Grant No. R01 AI43477-02. The United States Government has certain rights in the invention.
- The present invention provides methods and compositions for the identification and use of IKK inhibitors. In particular, the present invention provides cyclopentenone prostaglandins suitable for use as IKK inhibitors.
- The rapid and precise control of gene expression via transcription factors is critical to the survival of cells. Depending upon the inducing stimulus, it can be critical to the survival of a cell to have one or more genes rapidly induced, so that the resultant products are active. For example, an inflammatory response stimulated by an injury or infection, results in rapid vasodilation in the injured area and infiltration of effector cells such as macrophages. Vasodilation occurs within seconds or minutes of the response and is due, in part, to the expression of cytokines by cells in the injured region.
- The rapid induction of the inflammatory and immune responses requires that the transcription factors involved in regulating such responses be present in the cell in a form that is amenable to rapid activation. Thus, upon exposure to an inducing stimulus, the response can quickly occur. If such transcription factors are not present in a cell in an inactive state, it is necessary to synthesize the factors upon exposure to an inducing stimulus, greatly reducing the speed with which a response can occur.
- Regulation of transcription factor activities involved in such rapid gene induction can occur by various mechanisms. For example, in some cases, a transcription factor that exists in an inactive state in a cell can be activated by post-translational modification (e.g., phosphorylation of one or more serine, threonine, or tyrosine residues). Furthermore, the transcription factor can be rendered inactive by association of the factor with a regulatory factor, which, upon exposure to an inducing stimulus, is released from the transcription factor, thereby activating the transcription factor. Alternatively, an inactive transcription factor may have to associate with a second protein in order to produce transcriptional activity.
- Rarely, as in the case of glucocorticoids, the inducing stimulus directly interacts with the inactive transcription factor, rendering it active and resulting in the induction of gene expression. However, more often, an inducing stimulus initiates the induced response by interacting with a specific receptor present on the cell membrane or by entering the cell and interacting with an intracellular protein. Furthermore, the signal generally is transmitted along a pathway, for example, from the cell membrane to the nucleus, due to a series of protein interactions. Such signal transduction pathways allow for the rapid transmission of extracellular inducing stimuli, such that appropriate gene expression is rapidly induced.
- Although the existence of signal transduction pathways has long been recognized and many of the cellular factors involved in such pathways have been described, the pathways responsible for the expression of many critical responses, including the inflammatory and immune responses, have only been incompletely defined. For example, it is recognized that various inducing stimuli such as viruses and bacteria, activate common arms of the immune and inflammatory response. However, differences in the gene products expressed also are observed, indicating that these stimuli share certain signal transduction pathways, but also induce other pathways unique to the inducing stimulus. Furthermore, since inducing agents such as bacteria and viruses initially stimulate different signal transduction pathways, yet induce the expression of common genes, some signal transduction pathways must converge at a point such that the different pathways activate common transcription factors.
- A clearer understanding of the proteins involved in such pathways facilitates descriptions of drug mechanisms of action. For example, such an understanding facilitates the determination of a drug's mechanism of action (e.g., in cases where the drug is known to interfere with gene expression regulated by a particular pathway, but the target of which is unknown). In addition, an understanding of the pathways involved facilitates the identification of defect(s) in the pathway(s) associated with diseases such as cancer. For example, the altered expression of cell adhesion molecules is associated with the ability of a cancer cell to metastasize. However, the critical proteins involved in the signal transduction pathway leading to expression of cell adhesion molecules have not been identified. Thus, there is a need in the art to identify the proteins involved in signal transduction pathways, particularly those proteins that result in the induction of gene products involved in the inflammatory and immune responses. Indeed, despite much research in the field, there remains a need in the art for compositions and methods for treating and/or preventing infectious as well as other diseases, and inflammation.
- The present invention provides methods for identifying compounds with activities that inhibit IKK. In some preferred embodiments, the methods comprise contacting IKK, or a subunit or fragment of IKK with the compound. In some particularly preferred embodiments, the compound interacts with cysteine-179 of the IKK. In alternative embodiments, the method further comprises determining whether the compound interacts with cysteine-179, wherein the interaction with cysteine-179 correlates with activity as an IKK inhibitor.
- The present invention also provides methods to prevent and/or treat diseases and/or conditions associated with NFκB. In particularly preferred embodiments, the method involves inhibition of the action of NFκB. The present invention further provides methods for the inhibition of IKK in vitro and in vivo, as well as methods to prevent NFκB activation in an animal. In some preferred embodiments, the animal is a mammal. In particularly preferred embodiments, the mammal is a human.
- The present invention also provides methods to improve the therapeutic activity of COX2 inhibitors in animals (e.g., mammals, including but not limited to humans), comprising administering the COX2 inhibitor in combination with a compound that inhibits IKK activity to an animal. It is contemplated that COX2 inhibitors such as celecoxib, or Fecoxib, NS-398, and PD 98059 (Jones et al., Nat. Med., 18:1418-1423 [1999]), will find use with the present invention. The present invention further provides methods to inhibit the activity of IKK in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with a compound that interacts with IKK. In particularly preferred embodiments, the compound interacts with cysteine-179 of IKK.
- The present invention further provides compounds, as well as pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds that inhibit IKK. The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds that are COX2 inhibitors. In additional embodiments, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one compound that inhibits IKK, a COX2 inhibitor, and a pharmaceutically accepted carrier.
- The present invention also provides the use of the compound of formula I, wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, (C1-C12)alkyl, and (C2-C12)alkenyl, wherein the alkyl or alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, NRR, SR, or COOR; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C1-C12)alkyl; wherein the optional bond (i.e., the bond) is present or absent, provided that when the optional bond is present, R1 is not hydrogen; and n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- The present invention further provides methods for the preparation of medicaments for inhibiting IKK and/or NFκB in an animal, and/or for improving the therapeutic activity of a COX2 inhibitor in an animal. In some preferred embodiments, the present invention provides the use of combination therapies. In these embodiments, at least one compound that inhibits IKK and at least one compound that inhibits COX2 are used in combination. In some embodiments, one compound exhibits multiple activities (e.g., the compound inhibits COX2, as well as IKK and/or NFκB, or any combination of these activities). In still further embodiments, the present invention provides methods to prevent NFκB activation in an animal, comprising inhibiting IKK activity in the animal. In particularly preferred embodiments, IKK activity is inhibited by the administration of a compound that interacts with cysteine-179 of IKK, in an amount effective for the inhibition of IKK activity.
- The present invention provides methods for the inhibition of IKK, comprising contacting IKK with a compound that interacts with the cysteine at position 179 of IKK. In some embodiments, the contacting is in vitro, while in other embodiments, it is in vivo. In some particularly preferred embodiments, the compound interacts by forming a covalent bond with the cysteine at position 179 of IKK. In other preferred embodiments, the compound is a Michael acceptor. In further preferred embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of cyclopentenones and substituted cyclopentenones. In some particularly preferred embodiments, the compound is a cyclopentenone prostaglandin. In still further preferred embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of α,β-unsaturated ketones, α,β-unsaturated esters, and α,β-unsaturated nitrites. In some alternatively preferred embodiments, the compound is a compound of formula I:
- wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, (C1-C12)alkyl, and (C2-C12)alkenyl, wherein the alkyl or alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, NRR, SR, or COOR; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C1-C12)alkyl; wherein the optional bond is present or absent, provided that when the optional bond (indicated by ) is present, R1 is not hydrogen; and n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In still further particularly preferred embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of PGA1, 15-deoxy-Δ12-14PGJ2, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- The present invention also provides methods for identifying a compound with activity as an inhibitor of IKK, comprising: providing an IKK, wherein the IKK is selected from the group consisting of full-length IKK, subunits of IKK, and fragments of IKK, wherein the IKK comprises a cysteine at position 179, and a test compound; exposing the IKK to the test compound; and determining whether the compound interacts with the cysteine at position 179 of IKK. In some preferred embodiments, the interaction with the compound and the cysteine at position 179 of IKK comprises inhibiting IKK. In some particularly preferred embodiments, the compound interacts with the cysteine at position 179 of IKK by forming a covalent bond with the cysteine at position 179 of IKK.
- The present invention further provides methods to improve the therapeutic activity of a COX2 inhibitor in animal, comprising administering a COX2 inhibitor in combination with a compound that inhibits IKK activity to an animal. In some embodiments, the compound is a Michael acceptor. In alternative embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of cyclopentenones and substituted cyclopentenones. In some particularly preferred embodiments, the compound is a cyclopentenone prostaglandin. In further preferred embodiments, the compound is an α,β-unsaturated carbonyl compound. In additional particularly preferred embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of α,β-unsaturated ketones, α,β-unsaturated esters, and α,β-unsaturated nitrites. In still further particularly preferred embodiments, the compound is a compound of formula I:
- wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, (C1-C12)alkyl, and (C2-C12)alkenyl, wherein the alkyl or alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, NRR, SR, or COOR; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C1-C12)alkyl; wherein the optional bond (indicated by ) is present or absent, provided that when the optional bond is present, R1 is not hydrogen; and n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In still other particularly preferred embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of PGA1, 15-deoxy-Δ2-14PGJ2, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- The present invention also provides methods to prevent disease associated with NFκB, comprising: providing an animal at risk for disease associated with NFκB, wherein the animal expresses IKK, and a composition that inhibits IKK; and administering the compound to the animal under conditions such that the composition inhibits IKK expressed by the animal, resulting in inhibition of NFκB. In some preferred embodiments, the animal is a human. In additional embodiments, the composition comprises a compound that interacts with cysteine-179 of IKK. In still further embodiments, the disease is selected from the group consisting of inflammation, cancer, bacterial, and viral diseases. In some preferred embodiments, the composition comprises at least one cyclopentenone. In some particularly preferred embodiments, the cyclopentenone is a cyclopentenone prostaglandin.
- The present invention further provides methods for the inhibition of IKK, comprising contacting the IKK with a composition that interacts with cysteine-179 of IKK. In some embodiments, the composition interacts with IKK forms a covalent bond with the cysteine-179 of IKK. However, it is not intended that the present invention be limited to this particular type of interaction. In some preferred embodiments, inhibition of IKK results in prevention of NFκB activation.
- The present invention also provides methods to treat disease associated with NFκB, comprising: providing an animal having at least one disease associated with NFκB, wherein the animal expresses IKK, and a composition that inhibits IKK; and administering the compound to the animal under conditions such that the composition inhibits IKK expressed by the animal, resulting in inhibition of NFκB. In some preferred embodiments, the animal is a human. In additional preferred embodiments, the composition comprises a compound that interacts with cysteine-179 of IKK. In still further embodiments, the disease is selected from the group consisting of inflammation, cancer, bacterial, and viral diseases. In some preferred embodiments, the composition comprises at least one cyclopentenone. In some particularly preferred embodiments, the cyclopentenone is a cyclopentenone prostaglandin.
-
FIGS. 1A , 1B, 1C, 1D and 1E provide results showing the inhibition of TNFα, TPA-induced, and NF-κB activities by PGA1.FIG. 1A shows the results for Jurkat cells treated with 24 μM PGA1 or diluent for 2 hours and stimulated with TNFα. At the indicated times, cell lysates were prepared and assayed for NF-κB activation by EMSA (electrophoretic mobility shift; upper panel) and IKK activity by kinase assay (KA). The positions of NF-κB:DNA (NF-κB) and non-specific protein:DNA (ns) complexes are indicated. IKK recovery was determined by immunoblotting (IB) for IKKα. No effects of PGA1 (120 μM) on OctI and Sp1 DNA binding activities were observed (right).FIG. 1B shows the results for Jurkat cells treated with 24 μM PGA1 or diluent for 2 hours and stimulated with TPA for the indicated times, after which lysates were prepared and assayed for NF-κB activation (upper panel), IκBα degradation (middle panel) and endogenous IKK activity (bottom panels).FIG. 1C shows the results for the samples described inFIG. 1B , which were analyzed for JNK1 (KA:JNK) and p38 activities. Recoveries of JNK and p38 were determined by immunoblotting.FIG. 1D provides the results for Jurkat cells pretreated with 24 μM PGA1 for the indicated times and stimulated for 15 minutes with TPA. Endogenous IKK and JNK activities and recoveries were determined.FIG. 1E shows the results for HeLa cells pretreated with PGA1 and stimulated for no longer than 10 minutes with TNFα or IL-1. The cell lysates were assayed for endogenous IKK activity and recovery. -
FIGS. 2A , 2B and 2C provide results indicating that PGA1 prevents NIK-induced IKK activation and inhibits IKKβ activity.FIG. 2A provides results for COS cells transfected with Xpress-tagged NIK (lanes 2-5) and “empty” (lane 1) expression vectors treated with PGA1 (15 μM inlanes lanes 4 and 5) after transfection. Cells were lysed and assayed for endogenous IKK activity and recovery 24 hours after transfection.FIG. 2B provides results for COS cells co-transfected with HA-tagged IKKα together with “empty” (“−”) or Xpress-tagged NIK (“+”) expression vectors, and treated with PGA1 (15 μM in lanes labeled “+”; and 30 μM in lanes labeled “++”), for 10 minutes (lanes 3 and 4) or 18 hours (lanes 5 through 8) after transfection. Cells were lysed and assayed for HA-tagged IKKα associated kinase activity and recovery 24 hours after transfection.FIG. 2C provides results for COS transfected with “empty” (control, lane 1) or HA-tagged IKKβ (lanes 2 through 4) vectors and treated with PGA1 (15 μM, “+”; 30 μM, “++”), at 18 hours after transfection. Cells were lysed and assayed for HA-tagged IKKβ kinase activity and recovery 24 hours after transfection. -
FIGS. 3A , 3B and 3C provide results showing the inhibition of IKK activity in vivo and in vitro by 15dPGJ2.FIG. 3A provides results for HeLa cells pretreated with 15dPGJ2 for 2 hours and left untreated or stimulated with TNFα for 10 minutes. Extracts were assayed for NF-κB binding activity (uppermost panel), IκBα degradation (middle panel), and for endogenous IKK (KA:IKK) and JNK1 (KA:JNK) activities and recoveries (IB:IKKα; IB:JNK). NF-κB and IKK activities were quantified by phosphoimaging and expressed as the percentage of the maximal activity achieved in the absence of the inhibitor. The dose-response curves (bottom panel) represent average results from two separate experiments.FIG. 3B andFIG. 3C provide results for HeLA cells stimulated with TNFα for 15 minutes. IKK was immunoprecipitated and incubated in vitro with the indicated concentrations of PGA1.FIG. 3B provides results for 15dPGJ2 andFIG. 3C provides results for the diluent, these samples were incubated for 1 hour and kinase assays were conducted (IK:IKK), as well as immunoblots (IB:IKKα). Kinase activity was quantitated by phosphoimaging and used for plotting the dose-response curves. -
FIG. 4 provides results showing the inhibition of IKK activity through endogenously synthesized PGs (PGD and 15dPGJ2). -
FIGS. 5A , 5B and 5C provide the results of experiments to determine the effect of arachidonic acid and its metabolites on IKK activity in vivo and in vitro.FIG. 5A provides the results for HeLa cells treated with 50 μM AA, PGA1, PGB2, PGD2, PGE1, PGE2, PGF1α, or thromboxane B2 (TxB2), 1 μM LTB4, or 5 μM 15dPGJ2.FIG. 5B provides the results for 100 μM AA, PGA1, PGB2, PGD2, PGE1, PGE2, PGF1, or TxB2, 2 μM LTB4 or 10 μM 15dPGJ2.FIG. 5C provides the structures of the different AA metabolites included inFIG. 5A andFIG. 5B . -
FIGS. 6A , 6B, 6C, 6D and 6E provide results indicating that 15dPGJ2 is a direct inhibitor of IKKβ, whose sensitivity to inhibition is mediated by a cysteine in the activation loop.FIG. 6A provides results that indicate 15dPGJ2 is not a competitive inhibitor of ATP binding.FIG. 6B provides an alignment of the activation loops of IKKα (SEQ ID NO:1), IKKβ (SEQ ID NO:2), JNK1 (SEQ ID NO:3), and p38α (SEQ ID NO:4). In this Figure, phosphoacceptor sites critical for kinase activation are shown in boldface, while the cysteine residues of IKKα and IKKβ are underlined.FIG. 6C provides results for HeLa cells transiently transfected with expression vectors of IKKβ (wildtype) or IKKβ (C179A) with or without a NIK expression vector.FIG. 6D provides results for Sf9 cells infected with FLAG-tagged wildtype and C179A baculoviruses and incubated with various concentrations of 15dPGJ2 for 2 hours at 28° C. Following this incubation, the kinase activity and expression were determined. - To facilitate an understanding of the present invention, a number of terms and phrases are defined below.
- As used herein, the term “halo” refers to the halogens (i.e., fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo). “Alkyl” and “alkenyl” denote both straight and branched groups. However, reference to an individual radical (e.g., “propyl”) encompasses only the straight chain radical, as branched chain isomers (e.g., “isopropyl”) are specifically referred to herein.
- It is appreciated by those in the art that some of the compounds of the present invention have chiral centers. Such compounds may exist in and be isolated in optically active and racemic forms. In addition, these compounds may exhibit polymorphism. Thus, it is intended that the compounds recited herein encompass any racemic, optically active, polymorphic, or stereoisomeric form, or mixtures thereof. Preparation methods for such optically active forms are also well known in the art (e.g., by resolution of the racemic form by recrystallization techniques, by synthesis from optically-active starting materials, by chiral synthesis, or by chromatographic separation using a chiral stationary phase). Methods for determining anti-inflammatory activity are also well-known in the art (See e.g., Ricote et al., Nature 391:74-82 [1998]; and Gilroy et al., Nature Med., 5:698-701 [1999]).
- As used herein, the term “improving the therapeutic activity of a COX2 inhibitor” includes increasing the therapeutic effectiveness of the COX2 inhibitor by a measurable amount over the effectiveness that the COX2 inhibitor would demonstrate if administered in the absence of a compound that inhibits IKK.
- Specific and preferred values indicated herein for radicals, substituents, and ranges are for illustrative purposes only. It is not intended that the present invention be so limited. Indeed, these values do not exclude other defined values or other values within defined ranges for the radicals and substituents.
- Specifically, (C1-C12)alkyl can be methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 3-pentyl, iso-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, iso-hexyl, heptyl, iso-heptyl, octyl, iso-octyl, sec-octyl, tert-octyl, nonyl, decyl, sec-decyl, undecyl, and dodecyl; and (C2-C6) alkenyl can be vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 1-heptenyl, 2-heptenyl, 3-heptenyl, 4-heptenyl, 6-heptenyl, 1-octenyl, 2-octenyl, 3-octenyl, 4-octenyl, 5-octenyl, 6-octenyl, 7-octenyl, 1-noneyl, 2-noneyl, 3-noneyl, 4-noneyl, 5-noneyl, 6-noneyl, 7-noneyl, 8-noneyl, 1-decenyl, 2-decenyl, 3-decenyl, 4-decenyl, 5-decenyl, 6-decenyl, 7-decenyl, 8-decenyl, 9-decenyl, 1-undecenyl, 2-undecenyl, 3-undecenyl, 4-undecenyl, 5-undecenyl, 6-undecenyl, 7-undecenyl, 8-undecenyl, 9-undecenyl, 10-undecenyl, 1-dodecenyl, 2-dodecenyl, 3-dodecenyl, 4-dodecenyl, 5-dodecenyl, 6-dodecenyl, 7-dodecenyl, 8-dodecenyl, 9-dodecenyl, 10-dodecenyl, and 11-dodecenyl.
- Suitable compounds that are effective inhibitors of IKK include, but are not limited to cyclopentenones, substituted cyclopentenones, cyclohexenones, and substituted cyclohexenones. In some embodiments, the cyclopentenone or cyclohexenone is substituted with any suitable group or groups. The only requirement is that the substituted cyclopentenone or cyclopentenone must be an effective inhibitor of IKK.
- In one embodiment of the present invention, the compound effectively inhibits IKK in vitro or in vivo, by interacting with cysteine-179 of IKK. In some embodiments, the interaction is electrostatic, while in other embodiments it is by formation of a covalent bond. However, it is not intended that the present invention be limited to these interactions, as any interaction that inhibits NF-κB and/or IKK is encompassed by the present invention.
- In some particularly preferred embodiments, the cyclopentenone or substituted cyclopentenone is a cyclopentenone prostaglandin. As used herein, “prostaglandin” refers to any compound or component thereof, which can be derived from unsaturated 20 carbon fatty acids (e.g., arachidonic acid) via the cyclooxygenase pathway. Prostaglandins are a well-known class of extremely potent mediators of a diverse group of physiological processes. It is contemplated that a wide range of cyclopentenone prostaglandins will find use with the present invention.
- In other particularly preferred embodiments, the compound that inhibits IKK is a Michael acceptor. As used herein, a “Michael acceptor” refers to any compound that contains a polarized, electrophilic carbon-carbon double bond that is able to reach via a
S N2 reaction, with a nucleophilic species (e.g., O−, C−, or S−). Suitable Michael acceptors include α,β-unsaturated carbonyl compounds (e.g., α,β-unsaturated ketones, and α,β-unsaturated esters), and α,β-unsaturated nitrites, although other electron withdrawing substituents (e.g., halo, hydroxy, and nitro) can also activate the carbon-carbon double bond to facilitate nucleophilic attack (See e.g., Carey and Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Part B: Reactions and Synthesis (2nd ed.), Plenum Press, [1983], pages 31-589, and references cited therein; March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, (2nd ed.), Mc-Graw-Hill Book Co. [1977], pages 549-905, and references cited therein; and Ege, Organic Chemistry, Heath and Co. [1984], pages 847-848). - In some embodiments, the α,β-unsaturated ketone is a compound of the formula I:
- wherein, R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen (C1-C12), and (C2-C12)alkenyl, wherein any alkyl or alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, NRR, SR, or COOR, wherein each R is independently selected from hydrogen or (C1-C12)alkyl;
-
- n is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- In specific embodiments, a value for R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C12)alkyl, and (C2-C12)alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy groups. In some alternative preferred embodiments, R1 is selected from the group consisting of: and
- In some preferred embodiments, a specific value for R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C12)alkyl, or (C2-C12)alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more hydroxy groups. In some preferred embodiments, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: and
- In some particularly preferred embodiments, n is 0, 1, 2, or 3. For example, in some embodiments, n is 0 (i.e., the compound of formula I is a cyclopentenone), while in other embodiments, n is 1 (i.e., the compound of formula I is a cyclohexenone).
- In still further embodiments, the compounds of formula I are selected from the group consisting of PGA1 and 15-deoxy-Δ12-14PGJ2, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. However, the present invention is not limited to these specific embodiments.
- As used herein, in preferred embodiments, PGA1 is
- and 15-deoxy-Δ12-14PGJ2 is
- A specific group of compounds useful for inhibiting the actions of NFκB or for treating diseases wherein NFκB is implicated and inhibition of its action is desired is a compound of formula I, wherein n is 1, 2, or 3.
- As used herein, the term “inflammation” refers to the tissue response of an organism to an injury.
- As used herein, the term “chemical mediator of inflammation” refers to any chemical, which is involved in producing, moderating, or terminating the inflammatory response. The term encompasses naturally-occurring, as well as synthetic mediators. The term includes, but is not limited to cytokines and other effector molecules. Indeed, it is intended that the term encompass any molecule or compound that affects the inflammatory response in any aspect or by any mechanism (indeed, an understanding of the mechanism involved is not necessary in order to use the present invention).
- As used herein, the term “chemotaxis” refers to the movement of cells in response to a chemical stimulus.
- As used herein, the term “leukotaxis” refers to the chemotaxis of leukocytes. In particular, the term refers to the tendency of leukocytes to accumulate in regions of injury and inflammation.
- As used herein, the terms “peptide,” “polypeptide” and “protein” all refer to a primary sequence of amino acids that are joined by covalent “peptide linkages.” In general, a peptide consists of a few amino acids, typically from 2-50 amino acids, and is shorter than a protein. The term “polypeptide” may encompass either peptides or proteins. A peptide, polypeptide or protein may be synthetic, recombinant or naturally occurring. A synthetic peptide is a peptide, which is produced by artificial means in vitro (e.g., was not produced in vivo).
- The terms “sample” and “specimen” are used in their broadest sense and encompass samples or specimens obtained from any source. As used herein, the term “biological samples” refers to samples or specimens obtained from animals (including humans), and encompasses cells, fluids, solids, tissues, and gases. In preferred embodiments of this invention, biological samples include tissues (e.g., biopsy material), cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), serous fluid, blood, and blood products such as plasma, serum and the like. However, these examples are not to be construed as limiting the types of samples, which find use with the present invention.
- As used herein, the term “antibody” or “antibodies” refers to any immunoglobulin that binds specifically to an antigenic determinant, and specifically, binds to proteins identical or structurally related to the antigenic determinant, which stimulated its production. Thus, antibodies can be used to detect the antigen, which stimulated their production. Monoclonal antibodies are derived from a single clone of B lymphocytes (i.e., B cells), and are homogeneous in structure and antigen specificity. Polyclonal antibodies originate from many different clones of antibody-producing cells, and thus are heterogenous in their structure and epitope specificity, but in a population of polyclonals given the same designation, are all directed to the same molecule. Monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies may or may not be purified. For example, polyclonal antibodies contained in crude antiserum may be used in this unpurified state. It is intended that the term “antibody” encompass any immunoglobulin (e.g., IgG, IgM, IgA, IgE, IgD, etc.) obtained from any source (e.g., humans, rodents, non-human primates, caprines, bovines, equines, ovines, etc.).
- The antibodies used in the methods invention may be prepared using various immunogens. Such antibodies include, but are not limited to polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, single chain, Fab fragments, and an Fab expression library. Various procedures known in the art may be used for the production of polyclonal antibodies. For the production of antibody, various host animals can be immunized by injection with the peptide corresponding to any molecule of interest in the present invention, including but not limited to rabbits, mice, rats, sheep, goats, etc. In one preferred embodiment, the peptide is conjugated to an immunogenic carrier (e.g., diphtheria toxoid, bovine serum albumin (BSA), or keyhole limpet hemocyanin [KLH]). Various adjuvants may be used to increase the immunological response, depending on the host species, including but not limited to Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanins, dinitrophenol, and potentially useful human adjuvants such as BCG (Bacille Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum.
- For preparation of monoclonal antibodies directed toward molecules of interest in the present invention, any technique that provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture may be used (See, e.g., Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.). These include but are not limited to the hybridoma technique originally developed by Köhler and Milstein (Köhler and Milstein, Nature 256:495-497 [1975]), as well as the trioma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique (See e.g., Kozbor et al. Immunol. Today 4:72 [1983]), and the EBV-hybridoma technique to produce human monoclonal antibodies (Cole et al., in Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96 [1985]). In some particularly preferred embodiments of the present invention, the present invention provides monoclonal antibodies of the IgG class.
- In additional embodiments of the invention, monoclonal antibodies can be produced in germ-free animals utilizing technology such as that described in PCT/US90/02545. In addition, human antibodies may be used and can be obtained by using human hybridomas (Cote et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 80:2026-2030 [1983]) or by transforming human B cells with EBV virus in vitro (Cole et al., in Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, pp. 77-96 [1985]).
- Furthermore, techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies (See e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778; herein incorporated by reference) can be adapted to produce single chain antibodies that specifically recognize a molecule of interest (e.g., at least a portion of IKK, as described herein). An additional embodiment of the invention utilizes the techniques described for the construction of Fab expression libraries (Huse et al., Science 246:1275-1281 [1989]) to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity for a particular protein or epitope of interest (e.g., at least a portion of IKK).
- Antibody fragments, which contain the idiotype (antigen binding region) of the antibody molecule, can be generated by known techniques. For example, such fragments include but are not limited to: the F(ab′)2 fragment which can be produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule; the Fab′ fragments which can be generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab′)2 fragment, and the Fab fragments which can be generated by treating the antibody molecule with papain and a reducing agent.
- In the production of antibodies, screening for the desired antibody can be accomplished by techniques known in the art (e.g., radioimmunoassay, ELISA [enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay], “sandwich” immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, gel diffusion precipitin reactions, immunodiffusion assays, in situ immunoassays [e.g., using colloidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope labels], Western blots, precipitation reactions, agglutination assays (e.g., gel agglutination assays, hemagglutination assays, etc.), complement fixation assays, immunofluorescence assays, protein A assays, and immunoelectrophoresis assays, etc.
- In one embodiment, antibody binding is detected by detecting a label on the primary antibody. In another embodiment, the primary antibody is detected by detecting binding of a secondary antibody or reagent to the primary antibody. In a further embodiment, the secondary antibody is labeled. Many means are known in the art for detecting binding in an immunoassay and are within the scope of the present invention. As is well known in the art, the immunogenic peptide should be provided free of the carrier molecule used in any immunization protocol. For example, if the peptide was conjugated to KLH, it may be conjugated to BSA, or used directly, in a screening assay.
- The foregoing antibodies can be used in methods known in the art relating to the localization and structure of compounds such as IKK and/or IKK subunits (e.g., for Western blotting to detect IKKβ), measuring levels thereof in appropriate biological samples, etc. For example, the antibodies can be used to detect proteins of interest in a biological sample from an individual.
- The biological samples can then be tested directly for the presence of a protein of interest (e.g., IKK) using an appropriate immunoassay strategy. Alternatively, proteins in the sample can be size separated (e.g., by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE), in the presence (or absence) of sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS)), and the presence of the protein of interest is then detected by immunoblotting (Western blotting).
- The foregoing explanations of particular assay systems are presented herein for purposes of illustration only, in fulfillment of the duty to present an enabling disclosure of the invention. It is to be understood that a variety of immunochemical assay protocols are encompassed within the spirit and scope of the present invention.
- The terms “specific binding” or specifically binding” when used in reference to the interaction of an antibody and a protein or peptide means that the interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure (i.e., the antigenic determinant or epitope) on the protein. In other words, the antibody is recognizing and binding to a specific protein structure rather than to proteins in general. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope “A,” the presence of a protein containing epitope A (or free, unlabelled A) in a reaction containing labelled “A” and the antibody will reduce the amount of labelled A bound to the antibody.
- As used herein, the terms “auto-antibody” or “auto-antibodies” refer to any immunoglobulin that binds specifically to an antigen that is native to the host organism that produced the antibody (i.e., the antigen is not synthetic and/or has not been artificially supplied to the host organism). However, the term encompasses antibodies originally produced in response to the administration or presence of a foreign and/or synthetic substance in the host, but also cross-react with “self” antigens. The presence of auto-antibodies is termed “autoimmunity.”
- As used herein, the term “antigen” is used in reference to any substance that is capable of reacting with an antibody. It is intended that this term encompass any antigen and “immunogen” (i.e., a substance which induces the formation of antibodies). Thus, in an immunogenic reaction, antibodies are produced in response to the presence of an antigen or portion of an antigen.
- The term “antigenic determinant” or “epitope” as used herein refers to that portion of an antigen that makes contact with a particular antibody variable region. When a protein or fragment of a protein is used to immunize a host animal, numerous regions of the protein may induce the production of antibodies which bind specifically to a given region or three-dimensional structure on the protein; these regions or structures are referred to as antigenic determinants.
- As used herein, the term “purified” or “to purify” or “purification” refers to the removal or reduction of at least one contaminant from a sample. For example, antibodies are purified by removal of contaminating non-immunoglobulin proteins; they are also purified by the removal of immunoglobulin that does not bind to the target molecule. The removal of non-immunoglobulin proteins and/or the removal of immunoglobulins that do not bind to the target molecule results in an increase in the percent of target-reactive immunoglobulins in the sample (i.e., “enrichment” of an antibody).
- The terms “Western blot,” “Western immunoblot” “immunoblot” or “Western” refer to the immunological analysis of protein(s), polypeptides or peptides that have been immobilized onto a membrane support. The proteins are first resolved by acrylamide gel electrophoresis to separate the proteins, followed by transfer of the protein from the gel to a solid support, such as nitrocellulose or a nylon membrane. The immobilized proteins are then exposed to an antibody having reactivity towards an antigen of interest. The binding of the antibody (i.e., the primary antibody) is detected by use of a secondary antibody, which specifically binds the primary antibody. The secondary antibody is typically conjugated to an enzyme, which permits visualization by the production of a colored reaction product or catalyzes a luminescent enzymatic reaction (e.g., ECL reagent, Amersham).
- The term “Southern blot,” refers to the analysis of DNA on agarose or acrylamide gels to fractionate the DNA according to size followed by transfer of the DNA from the gel to a solid support, such as nitrocellulose or a nylon membrane. The immobilized DNA is then probed with a labeled probe to detect DNA species complementary to the probe used. The DNA may be cleaved with restriction enzymes prior to electrophoresis. Following electrophoresis, the DNA may be partially depurinated and denatured prior to or during transfer to the solid support. Southern blots are a standard tool of molecular biologists (Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, NY, pp 9.31-9.58 [1989]).
- The term “Northern blot,” as used herein refers to the analysis of RNA by electrophoresis of RNA on agarose gels to fractionate the RNA according to size, followed by transfer of the RNA from the gel to a solid support, such as nitrocellulose or a nylon membrane. The immobilized RNA is then probed with a labeled probe to detect RNA species complementary to the probe used. Northern blots are a standard tool of molecular biologists (Sambrook, J. et al., supra, pp 7.39-7.52 [1989]).
- As used herein, the term “ELISA” refers to enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. Numerous methods and applications for carrying out an ELISA are well known in the art, and provided in many sources (See, e.g., Crowther, “Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA),” in Molecular Biomethods Handbook, Rapley et al. [eds.], pp. 595-617, Humana Press, Inc., Totowa, N.J. [1998]; Harlow and Lane (eds.), Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press [1988]; and Ausubel et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Ch. 11, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York [1994]).
- In one embodiment of the present invention, a “direct ELISA” protocol is provided, where an antigen is first bound and immobilized to a microtiter plate well. In an alternative embodiment, a “sandwich ELISA” is provided, where the antigen is attached to the stationary phase by capturing it with an antibody that has been previously bound to the microtiter plate well. The ELISA method detects an immobilized antigen by use of an antibody-enzyme conjugate, where the antibody is specific for the antigen of interest, and the enzyme portion allows visualization and quantitation by the generation of a colored or fluorescent reaction product. The conjugated enzymes commonly used in the ELISA include horseradish peroxidase, urease, alkaline phosphatase, glucoamylase or β-galactosidase. The intensity of color development is proportional to the amount of antigen present in the reaction well.
- As used herein, the term “in vitro” refers to an artificial environment and to processes or reactions that occur within an artificial environment. In vitro environments consist of, but are not limited to, controlled laboratory conditions. The term “in vivo” refers to the natural environment (e.g., within an organism or a cell) and to processes or reactions that occur within that natural environment.
- As used herein, the term “wild-type” refers to a gene or gene product, which has the characteristics of that gene or gene product when isolated from a naturally occurring source. A wild-type gene is that which is most frequently observed in a population and is thus arbitrarily designated as the “normal” or “wild-type” form of the gene. In contrast, the term “modified” (or “mutant”) refers to a gene or gene product, which displays modifications in sequence and or functional properties (i.e., altered characteristics) when compared to the wild-type gene or gene product. It is noted that naturally-occurring mutants can be isolated; these are identified by the fact that they have altered characteristics when compared to the wild-type gene or gene product.
- “Nucleic acid sequence,” “nucleotide sequence,” and “polynucleotide sequence” as used herein refer to an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide, and fragments or portions thereof, and to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin, which may be single- or double-stranded, and represent the sense or antisense strand.
- As used herein, the terms “oligonucleotides” and “oligomers” refer to a nucleic acid sequence of at least about 10 nucleotides and as many as about 60 nucleotides, preferably about 15 to 30 nucleotides, and more preferably about 20-25 nucleotides, which can be used as a probe or amplimer.
- The term “nucleotide sequence of interest” refers to any nucleotide sequence, the manipulation of which may be deemed desirable for any reason, by one of ordinary skill in the art. Such nucleotide sequences include, but are not limited to, coding sequences of structural genes (e.g., reporter genes, selection marker genes, oncogenes, drug resistance genes, growth factors, etc.), and of non-coding regulatory sequences that do not encode an mRNA or protein product (e.g., promoter sequence, enhancer sequence, polyadenylation sequence, termination sequence, etc.).
- “Amino acid sequence,” “polypeptide sequence,” “peptide sequence,” and “peptide” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a sequence of amino acids.
- The term “portion” when used in reference to a nucleotide sequence refers to fragments of that nucleotide sequence. The fragments may range in size from 5 nucleotide residues to the entire nucleotide sequence minus one nucleic acid residue. The term “portion” when used in reference to an amino acid sequence refers to fragments of the amino acid sequence. The fragments may range in size from 3 amino acids to the entire amino acid sequence minus one amino acid residue.
- An oligonucleotide sequence which is a “homolog” of a first nucleotide sequence is defined herein as an oligonucleotide sequence which exhibits greater than or equal to 50% identity, and more preferably greater than or equal to 70% identity, to the first nucleotide sequence when sequences having a length of 10 bp or larger are compared.
- DNA molecules are said to have “5′ ends” and “3′ ends” because mononucleotides are reacted to make oligonucleotides in a manner such that the 5′ phosphate of one mononucleotide pentose ring is attached to the 3′ oxygen of its neighbor in one direction via a phosphodiester linkage. Therefore, an end of an oligonucleotide is referred to as the “5′ end” if its 5′ phosphate is not linked to the 3′ oxygen of a mononucleotide pentose ring. An end of an oligonucleotide is referred to as the “3′ end” if its 3′ oxygen is not linked to a 5′ phosphate of another mononucleotide pentose ring. As used herein, a nucleic acid sequence, even if internal to a larger oligonucleotide, also may be said to have 5′ and 3′ ends. In either a linear or circular DNA molecule, discrete elements are referred to as being “upstream” or 5′ of the “downstream” or 3′ elements. This terminology reflects that transcription proceeds in a 5′ to 3′ direction along the DNA strand. The promoter and enhancer elements which direct transcription of a linked gene are generally located 5′ or upstream of the coding region. However, enhancer elements can exert their effect even when located 3′ of the promoter element and the coding region. Transcription termination and polyadenylation signals are located 3′ or downstream of the coding region.
- The term “cloning” as used herein, refers to the process of isolating a nucleotide sequence from a nucleotide library, cell or organism for replication by recombinant techniques.
- The term “recombinant DNA molecule” as used herein refers to a DNA molecule, which is comprised of segments of DNA joined together by means of molecular biological techniques.
- The term “recombinant protein” or “recombinant polypeptide” as used herein refers to a protein molecule, which is expressed using a recombinant DNA molecule.
- The term “transfection” as used herein refers to the introduction of foreign DNA into cells. Transfection may be accomplished by a variety of means known to the art including calcium phosphate-DNA co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, polybrene-mediated transfection, electroporation, microinjection, liposome fusion, lipofection, protoplast fusion, retroviral infection, biolistics (i.e., particle bombardment) and the like.
- As used herein, the terms “complementary” or “complementarity” are used in reference to “polynucleotides” and “oligonucleotides” (which are interchangeable terms that refer to a sequence of nucleotides) related by the base-pairing rules. For example, the sequence “5′-CAGT-3′,” is complementary to the sequence “5′-ACTG-3′.” Complementarity can be “partial” or “total.” “Partial” complementarity is where one or more nucleic acid bases is not matched according to the base pairing rules. “Total” or “complete” complementarity between nucleic acids is where each and every nucleic acid base is matched with another base under the base pairing rules. The degree of complementarity between nucleic acid strands may have significant effects on the efficiency and strength of hybridization between nucleic acid strands. This may be of particular importance in amplification reactions, as well as detection methods which depend upon binding between nucleic acids.
- The terms “homology” and “homologous” as used herein in reference to nucleotide sequences refer to a degree of complementarity with other nucleotide sequences. There may be partial homology or complete homology (i.e., identity). A nucleotide sequence which is partially complementary (i.e., “substantially homologous”) to a nucleic acid sequence is one that at least partially inhibits a completely complementary sequence from hybridizing to a target nucleic acid sequence. The inhibition of hybridization of the completely complementary sequence to the target sequence may be examined using a hybridization assay (Southern or Northern blot, solution hybridization and the like) under conditions of low stringency. A substantially homologous sequence or probe will compete for and inhibit the binding (i.e., the hybridization) of a completely homologous sequence to a target sequence under conditions of low stringency. This is not to say that conditions of low stringency are such that non-specific binding is permitted; low stringency conditions require that the binding of two sequences to one another be a specific (i.e., selective) interaction. The absence of non-specific binding may be tested by the use of a second target sequence which lacks even a partial degree of complementarity (e.g., less than about 30% identity); in the absence of non-specific binding the probe will not hybridize to the second non-complementary target.
- As used herein the term “stringency” is used in reference to the conditions of temperature, ionic strength, and the presence of other compounds such as organic solvents, under which nucleic acid hybridizations are conducted. “Stringency” typically occurs in a range from about Tm° C. to about 20° C. to 25° C. below Tm. As will be understood by those of skill in the art, a stringent hybridization can be used to identify or detect identical polynucleotide sequences or to identify or detect similar or related polynucleotide sequences. Under “stringent conditions” the nucleotide sequence portions thereof, will hybridize to its exact complement and closely related sequences.
- Low stringency conditions comprise conditions equivalent to binding or hybridization at 68° C. in a solution consisting of 5×SSPE (43.8 g/l NaCl, 6.9 g/l NaH2PO4.H2O and 1.85 g/l EDTA, pH adjusted to 7.4 with NaOH), 0.1% SDS, 5×Denhardt's reagent (50×Denhardt's contains per 500 ml: 5 g Ficoll (Type 400, Pharmacia), 5 g BSA (Fraction V; Sigma)) and 100 μg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA followed by washing in a solution comprising 2.0×SSPE, 0.1% SDS at room temperature when a probe of about 100 to about 1000 nucleotides in length is employed.
- It is well known in the art that numerous equivalent conditions may be employed to comprise low stringency conditions; factors such as the length and nature (DNA, RNA, base composition) of the probe and nature of the target (DNA, RNA, base composition, present in solution or immobilized, etc.) and the concentration of the salts and other components (e.g., the presence or absence of formamide, dextran sulfate, polyethylene glycol), as well as components of the hybridization solution may be varied to generate conditions of low stringency hybridization different from, but equivalent to, the above listed conditions. In addition, conditions which promote hybridization under conditions of high stringency (e.g., increasing the temperature of the hybridization and/or wash steps, the use of formamide in the hybridization solution, etc.) are well known in the art. High stringency conditions, when used in reference to nucleic acid hybridization, comprise conditions equivalent to binding or hybridization at 68° C. in a solution consisting of 5×SSPE, 1% SDS, 5× Denhardt's reagent and 100 μg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA followed by washing in a solution comprising 0.1×SSPE and 0.1% SDS at 68° C. when a probe of about 100 to about 1000 nucleotides in length is employed.
- When used in reference to a double-stranded nucleic acid sequence such as a cDNA or genomic clone, the term “substantially homologous” refers to any probe which can hybridize either partially or completely to either or both strands of the double-stranded nucleic acid sequence under conditions of low stringency as described above.
- When used in reference to a single-stranded nucleic acid sequence, the term “substantially homologous” refers to any probe which can hybridize (i.e., it is the complement of) the single-stranded nucleic acid sequence under conditions of low stringency as described above.
- As used herein, the term “hybridization” is used in reference to the pairing of complementary nucleic acids using any process by which a strand of nucleic acid joins with a complementary strand through base pairing to form a hybridization complex. Hybridization and the strength of hybridization (i.e., the strength of the association between the nucleic acids) is impacted by such factors as the degree of complementarity between the nucleic acids, stringency of the conditions involved, the Tm of the formed hybrid, and the G:C ratio within the nucleic acids.
- As used herein the term “hybridization complex” refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acid sequences by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bounds between complementary G and C bases and between complementary A and T bases; these hydrogen bonds may be further stabilized by base stacking interactions. The two complementary nucleic acid sequences hydrogen bond in an antiparallel configuration. A hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., Cot or Rot analysis) or between one nucleic acid sequence present in solution and another nucleic acid sequence immobilized to a solid support (e.g., a nylon membrane or a nitrocellulose filter as employed in Southern and Northern blotting, dot blotting or a glass slide as employed in in situ hybridization, including FISH (fluorescent in situ hybridization)).
- As used herein, the term “Tm” is used in reference to the “melting temperature.” The melting temperature is the temperature at which a population of double-stranded nucleic acid molecules becomes half dissociated into single strands. The equation for calculating the Tm of nucleic acids is well known in the art. As indicated by standard references, a simple estimate of the Tm value may be calculated by the equation: Tm=81.5+0.41 (% G+C), when a nucleic acid is in aqueous solution at 1 M NaCl (see e.g., Anderson and Young, Quantitative Filter Hybridization, in Nucleic Acid Hybridization [1985]). Other references include more sophisticated computations, which take structural as well as sequence characteristics into account for the calculation of Tm.
- The term “heterologous nucleic acid sequence” or “heterologous DNA” are used interchangeably to refer to a nucleotide sequence which is ligated to a nucleic acid sequence to which it is not ligated in nature, or to which it is ligated at a different location in nature. Heterologous DNA is not endogenous to the cell into which it is introduced, but has been obtained from another cell. Generally, although not necessarily, such heterologous DNA encodes RNA and proteins that are not normally produced by the cell into which it is expressed. Examples of heterologous DNA include reporter genes, transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences, selectable marker proteins (e.g., proteins which confer drug resistance), etc.
- “Amplification” is defined herein as the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid sequence and is generally carried out using polymerase chain reaction technologies well known in the art (see, e.g., Dieffenbach and Dveksler, PCR Primer, a Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview N.Y. [1995]). As used herein, the term “polymerase chain reaction” (“PCR”) refers to the methods of U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,195, 4,683,202, and 4,965,188, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference, which describe a method for increasing the concentration of a segment of a target sequence in a mixture of genomic DNA without cloning or purification. The length of the amplified segment of the desired target sequence is determined by the relative positions of two oligonucleotide primers with respect to each other, and therefore, this length is a controllable parameter. By virtue of the repeating aspect of the process, the method is referred to as the “polymerase chain reaction” (hereinafter “PCR”). Because the desired amplified segments of the target sequence become the predominant sequences (in terms of concentration) in the mixture, they are said to be “PCR amplified.”
- With PCR, it is possible to amplify a single copy of a specific target sequence in genomic DNA to a level detectable by several different methodologies (e.g., hybridization with a labeled probe; incorporation of biotinylated primers followed by avidin-enzyme conjugate detection; incorporation of 32P-labeled deoxynucleotide triphosphates, such as dCTP or dATP, into the amplified segment). In addition to genomic DNA, any oligonucleotide sequence can be amplified with the appropriate set of primer molecules. In particular, the amplified segments created by the PCR process itself are, themselves, efficient templates for subsequent PCR amplifications.
- The terms “reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction” and “RT-PCR” refer to a method for reverse transcription of an RNA sequence to generate a mixture of cDNA sequences, followed by increasing the concentration of a desired segment of the transcribed cDNA sequences in the mixture without cloning or purification. Typically, RNA is reverse transcribed using a single primer (e.g., an oligo-dT primer) prior to PCR amplification of the desired segment of the transcribed DNA using two primers.
- As used herein, the term “primer” refers to an oligonucleotide, whether occurring naturally as in a purified restriction digest or produced synthetically, which is capable of acting as a point of initiation of synthesis when placed under conditions in which synthesis of a primer extension product which is complementary to a nucleic acid strand is induced, (i.e., in the presence of nucleotides and of an inducing agent such as DNA polymerase and at a suitable temperature and pH). The primer is preferably single stranded for maximum efficiency in amplification, but may alternatively be double stranded. If double stranded, the primer is first treated to separate its strands before being used to prepare extension products. Preferably, the primer is an oligodeoxyribonucleotide. The primer must be sufficiently long to prime the synthesis of extension products in the presence of the inducing agent. The exact lengths of the primers will depend on many factors, including temperature, source of primer and the use of the method.
- As used herein, the term “probe” refers to an oligonucleotide (i.e., a sequence of nucleotides), whether occurring naturally as in a purified restriction digest or produced synthetically, recombinantly or by PCR amplification, which is capable of hybridizing to another oligonucleotide of interest. A probe may be single-stranded or double-stranded. Probes are useful in the detection, identification and isolation of particular gene sequences. It is contemplated that any probe used in the present invention will be labeled with any “reporter molecule,” so that it is detectable in any detection system, including, but not limited to enzyme (e.g., ELISA, as well as enzyme-based histochemical assays), fluorescent, radioactive, and luminescent systems. It is not intended that the present invention be limited to any particular detection system or label.
- As used herein, the terms “restriction endonucleases” and “restriction enzymes” refer to bacterial enzymes, each of which cut double- or single-stranded DNA at or near a specific nucleotide sequence.
- As used herein, the term “an oligonucleotide having a nucleotide sequence encoding a gene” means a nucleic acid sequence comprising the coding region of a gene, i.e. the nucleic acid sequence which encodes a gene product. The coding region may be present in either a cDNA, genomic DNA or RNA form. When present in a DNA form, the oligonucleotide may be single-stranded (i.e., the sense strand) or double-stranded. Suitable control elements such as enhancers, promoters, splice junctions, polyadenylation signals, etc. may be placed in close proximity to the coding region of the gene if needed to permit proper initiation of transcription and/or correct processing of the primary RNA transcript. Alternatively, the coding region utilized in the expression vectors of the present invention may contain endogenous enhancers, splice junctions, intervening sequences, polyadenylation signals, etc. or a combination of both endogenous and exogenous control elements.
- Transcriptional control signals in eukaryotes comprise “enhancer” elements. Enhancers consist of short arrays of DNA sequences that interact specifically with cellular proteins involved in transcription (Maniatis et al., Science 236:1237 [1987]). Enhancer elements have been isolated from a variety of eukaryotic sources including genes in plant, yeast, insect and mammalian cells and viruses. The selection of a particular enhancer depends on what cell type is to be used to express the protein of interest.
- The presence of “splicing signals” on an expression vector often results in higher levels of expression of the recombinant transcript. Splicing signals mediate the removal of introns from the primary RNA transcript and consist of a splice donor and acceptor site (Sambrook, et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York, pp. 16.7-16.8 [1989]). A commonly used splice donor and acceptor site is the splice junction from the 16S RNA of SV40.
- Efficient expression of recombinant DNA sequences in eukaryotic cells requires expression of signals directing the efficient termination and polyadenylation of the resulting transcript. Transcription termination signals are generally found downstream of the polyadenylation signal and are a few hundred nucleotides in length. The term “poly A site” or “poly A sequence” as used herein denotes a DNA sequence which directs both the termination and polyadenylation of the nascent RNA transcript. Efficient polyadenylation of the recombinant transcript is desirable as transcripts lacking a poly A tail are unstable and are rapidly degraded. The poly A signal utilized in an expression vector may be “heterologous” or “endogenous.” An endogenous poly A signal is one that is found naturally at the 3′ end of the coding region of a given gene in the genome. A heterologous poly A signal is one which is isolated from one gene and placed 3′ of another gene.
- The term “promoter,” “promoter element,” or “promoter sequence” as used herein, refers to a DNA sequence which when placed at the 5′ end of (i.e., precedes) an oligonucleotide sequence is capable of controlling the transcription of the oligonucleotide sequence into mRNA. A promoter is typically located 5′ (i.e., upstream) of an oligonucleotide sequence whose transcription into mRNA it controls, and provides a site for specific binding by RNA polymerase and for initiation of transcription.
- The term “promoter activity” when made in reference to a nucleic acid sequence refers to the ability of the nucleic acid sequence to initiate transcription of an oligonucleotide sequence into mRNA.
- As used herein, the terms “nucleic acid molecule encoding,” “nucleotide encoding,” “DNA sequence encoding,” and “DNA encoding” refer to the order or sequence of deoxyribonucleotides along a strand of deoxyribonucleic acid. The order of these deoxyribonucleotides determines the order of amino acids along the polypeptide (protein) chain. The DNA sequence thus codes for the amino acid sequence.
- The term “isolated” when used in relation to a nucleic acid, as in “an isolated oligonucleotide” refers to a nucleic acid sequence that is separated from at least one contaminant nucleic acid with which it is ordinarily associated in its natural source. Isolated nucleic acid is nucleic acid present in a form or setting that is different from that in which it is found in nature. In contrast, non-isolated nucleic acids are nucleic acids such as DNA and RNA which are found in the state they exist in nature. For example, a given DNA sequence (e.g., a gene) is found on the host cell chromosome in proximity to neighboring genes; RNA sequences, such as a specific mRNA sequence encoding a specific protein, are found in the cell as a mixture with numerous other mRNAs, which encode a multitude of proteins. However, isolated nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide of interest includes, by way of example, such nucleic acid in cells ordinarily expressing the polypeptide of interest where the nucleic acid is in a chromosomal or extrachromosomal location different from that of natural cells, or is otherwise flanked by a different nucleic acid sequence than that found in nature. The isolated nucleic acid or oligonucleotide may be present in single-stranded or double-stranded form. Isolated nucleic acid can be readily identified (if desired) by a variety of techniques (e.g., hybridization, dot blotting, etc.). When an isolated nucleic acid or oligonucleotide is to be utilized to express a protein, the oligonucleotide will contain at a minimum the sense or coding strand (i.e., the oligonucleotide may be single-stranded). Alternatively, it may contain both the sense and anti-sense strands (i.e., the oligonucleotide may be double-stranded).
- As used herein the term “coding region” when used in reference to a structural gene refers to the nucleotide sequences which encode the amino acids found in the nascent polypeptide as a result of translation of a mRNA molecule. The coding region is bounded, in eukaryotes, on the 5′ side by the nucleotide triplet “ATG” which encodes the initiator methionine and on the 3′ side by one of the three triplets, which specify stop codons (i.e., TAA, TAG, TGA).
- As used herein, the term “structural gene” or “structural nucleotide sequence” refers to a DNA sequence coding for RNA or a protein, which does not control the expression of other genes. In contrast, a “regulatory gene” or “regulatory sequence” is a structural gene which encodes products (e.g., transcription factors) which control the expression of other genes.
- As used herein, the term “regulatory element” refers to a genetic element, which controls some aspect of the expression of nucleic acid sequences. For example, a promoter is a regulatory element, which facilitates the initiation of transcription of an operably linked coding region. Other regulatory elements include splicing signals, polyadenylation signals, termination signals, etc.
- As used herein, the term “gene” means the deoxyribonucleotide sequences comprising the coding region of a structural gene. A “gene” may also include non-translated sequences located adjacent to the coding region on both the 5′ and 3′ ends such that the gene corresponds to the length of the full-length mRNA. The sequences which are located 5′ of the coding region and which are present on the mRNA are referred to as 5′ non-translated sequences. The sequences which are located 3′ or downstream of the coding region and which are present on the mRNA are referred to as 3′ non-translated sequences. The term “gene” encompasses both cDNA and genomic forms of a gene. A genomic form or clone of a gene contains the coding region interrupted with non-coding sequences termed “introns” or “intervening regions” or “intervening sequences.” Introns are segments of a gene, which are transcribed into heterogenous nuclear RNA (hnRNA); introns may contain regulatory elements such as enhancers. Introns are removed or “spliced out” from the nuclear or primary transcript; introns therefore are absent in the messenger RNA (mRNA) transcript. The mRNA functions during translation to specify the sequence or order of amino acids in a nascent polypeptide.
- In addition to containing introns, genomic forms of a gene may also include sequences located on both the 5′ and 3′ end of the sequences, which are present on the RNA transcript. These sequences are referred to as “flanking” sequences or regions (these flanking sequences are located 5′ or 3′ to the non-translated sequences present on the mRNA transcript). The 5′ flanking region may contain regulatory sequences such as promoters and enhancers, which control or influence the transcription of the gene. The 3′ flanking region may contain sequences which direct the termination of transcription, post-transcriptional cleavage and polyadenylation.
- As used herein, the term “subject” refers to any animal, including humans.
- As used herein, the term “animal” refers to any animal, including humans, as well as vertebrates such as rodents, non-human primates, ovines, bovines, ruminants, lagomorphs, porcines, caprines, equines, canines, felines, aves, etc.
- A “non-human animal” refers to any animal which is not a human and includes vertebrates such as rodents, non-human primates, ovines, bovines, ruminants, lagomorphs, porcines, caprines, equines, canines, felines, aves, etc. Preferred non-human animals are selected from the order Rodentia.
- As used herein, the term “at risk for disease” refers to a subject (e.g., a human) that is predisposed to experiencing a particular disease. This predisposition may be genetic (e.g., a particular genetic tendency to experience the disease, such as heritable disorders), or due to other factors (e.g., environmental conditions, exposures to detrimental compounds present in the environment, etc.). Thus, it is not intended that the present invention be limited to any particular risk, nor is it intended that the present invention be limited to any particular disease.
- As used herein, the term “suffering from disease” refers to a subject (e.g., a human) that is experiencing a particular disease. It is not intended that the present invention be limited to any particular signs or symptoms, nor disease. Thus, it is intended that the present invention encompass subjects that are experiencing any range of disease, from sub-clinical infection to full-blown disease, wherein the subject exhibits at least some of the indicia (e.g., signs and symptoms) associated with the particular disease.
- As used herein, the term “disease” refers to any pathological condition, and encompasses infectious diseases, cancer, and other abnormalities. Indeed, it is not intended that the present invention be limited to any particular disease. In addition, the term encompasses the signs and symptoms associated with pathological processes (e.g., the indicators of inflammation).
- As used herein, the term “cell culture” refers to any in vitro culture of cells. Included within this term are continuous cell lines (e.g., with an immortal phenotype), primary cell cultures, finite cell lines (e.g., non-transformed cells), and any other cell population maintained in vitro.
- A “transformed cell” is a cell or cell line that has acquired the ability to grow in cell culture for many multiple generations, the ability to grow in soft agar and the ability to not have cell growth inhibited by cell-to-cell contact. In this regard, transformation refers to the introduction of foreign genetic material into a cell or organism. Transformation may be accomplished by any method known which permits the successful introduction of nucleic acids into cells and which results in the expression of the introduced nucleic acid. “Transformation” includes but is not limited to such methods as transfection, microinjection, electroporation, and lipofection (liposome-mediated gene transfer). Transformation may be accomplished through use of any expression vector. For example, the use of baculovirus to introduce foreign nucleic acid into insect cells is contemplated. The term “transformation” also includes methods such as P-element mediated germline transformation of whole insects. Additionally, transformation refers to cells that have been transformed naturally, usually through genetic mutation.
- As used herein, the term “kit” is used in reference to a combination of reagents and other materials. It is contemplated that the kit may include reagents such as antibodies, control proteins, as well as testing containers (e.g., microtiter plates, etc.). It is not intended that the term “kit” be limited to a particular combination of reagents and/or other materials.
- The ubiquitous NF-
K B transcription factor is involved in the activation of an exceptionally large number of genes in response to proinflammatory signals, viral and bacterial infections, and other stressful situations requiring rapid reprogramming of gene transcription. Indeed, NF-κB is a critical activator of genes involved in inflammation and immunity (See e.g., Baldwin, Ann. Rev. Immunol., 14:649-683 [1996]; and Barnes et al., New Engl. J. Med., 336:1066-1071 [1997]). Pro-inflammatory cytokines activate the IκB kinase (IKK complex) that phosphorylates NF-κB inhibitors, triggering their conjugation with ubiquitin and subsequent degradation (See e.g., DiDonato et al., Nature 388:548-554 [1997]; and Zandi et al., Science 281:1360-1363 [1998]). Freed NF-κB dimers translocate to the nucleus and induce target genes, including the gene of cyclo-oxygenase 2 (COX2), which catalyzes the synthesis of pro-inflammatory prostaglandins, in particular PGE (See e.g., Herschman et al., Adv. Exp. Med. Biol., 407:61-66 [1997]; and Newton et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 237:28-32 [1997]). However, at the late stages of pro-inflammatory episodes, COX2 directs the synthesis of anti-inflammatory cyclopentenone prostaglandins, indicating a role for these molecules in the resolution of inflammation (See, Gilroy, Nature Med., 5:698-701 [1999]). - Thus, precise regulation of NF-
K B transcription factor is important for maintaining good health. Inappropriate regulation of NF-K B transcription factor is directly involved in a wide range of human diseases. In particular, the activation of NF-K B plays an important role in various inflammatory diseases. For example, glucocorticoids inhibit NF-K B by increasing the rate of IK B synthesis, thus, suppressing both immune and inflammatory responses. A large number of viruses, including HIV-1, use NF-K B to mediate viral gene expression. The development of constitutive NF-K B activation appears to be a critical step acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS). - Each of the I
K B kinase complexes (IKKs) identified share three common subunits. For example, human serine protein kinase comprises IKKα, IKKβ, and IKKγ subunits. The IKKα and IKKβ subunits possess kinase activity, while the IKKγ subunit is critical for regulating this activity. Proinflammatory signals are known to activate IKKα and IKKβ subunits of IK B. IKKγ interacts directly with IKKα and IKKβ subunits. Reduced IKKγ expression interferes with IK Bαphosphorylation and degradation, and thus NF-K B activation. IKKγ can also function to connect the IKK complex to upstream activators. - As mentioned above, pro-inflammatory cytokines can activate the IKK complex. Upon activation, the activated IKK complex (IKB kinase) phosphorylates NF-KB inhibitors (IKB). Free NF-κB dimers produced due to ubiquitination and degradation are then able to translocate to the nucleus of cells and induce target genes, including COX2, which catalyzes the synthesis of pro-inflammatory prostaglandins. The synthesis of pro-inflammatory prostaglandins then results in inflammation. However, as indicated above COX2 also has a role in the resolution of inflammation. In particular, cyclopentenone prostaglandins have been suggested to exert anti-inflammatory activity through the activation of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (See e.g., Ricote et al., Nature 391:79-82 [1998]; and Jiang et al., Nature 391:82-86 [1998]). As discussed in greater detail herein, the present invention provides methods and compositions to reduce and/or prevent inflammation by the inhibition and modification of the IKKβ subunit of IKK. As IKKβ is responsible for the activation of NF-κB by pro-inflammatory stimuli (Dehase et al., Science 284:309-313 [1999]; and Tanaka et al., Immun., 10:421-429 [1999]), the present invention provides means for the utilization of cyclopentenone prostaglandins and improvements in the utilization of COX2 inhibitors.
- Cyclopentenone prostaglandins (cyPGs) affect cell proliferation, inhibit inflammation, inhibit NF-κB activation in human cells stimulated with tumor necrosis factor α (TNFα) or 12-O-tetradecanoylphorbol-13-acetate (TPA), and inhibit virus replication (See e.g., Fukushima, Eicosanoids 3:189-199 [1990]; Santoro et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:8407-8411 [1989]; Gilroy et al., Nature Med., 6:698-701 [1999]); Ricote et al., Nature 391:79-82 [1998]; Santoro, Trends Microbiol., 5:276-281 [1997]; Santoro et al., Science 209:1032-1034 [1980]). Cyclopentenone prostaglandins act by activating the heat shock transcription factor HSF, by inhibiting the activation of NF-κB, by blocking IKB degradation, and phosphorylation (See, Santoro et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:8407-8411 [1989]; and Rossi et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 94:746-750 [1997]). In particular, cyPGs act by preventing phosphorylation and degradation of the NF-κB inhibitor IκBα (Rossi et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA supra). IκBα is phosphorylated by the IKK complex, which contains two catalytic subunits (IKKα and IKKβ) and the IKKγ or NEMO regulatory subunit (Rothwarf et al., Nature 395:297-300 [1990]; and Yamaoka et al., Cell 93:1231-1240 [1998]), at sites that trigger its ubiquitination-dependent degradation (DiDonato et al., Nature 388:548-554 [1997]; and Zandi et al., Science 281:1360-1363 [1998]).
- During the development of the present invention, in experiments to determine whether IKK is a target of cyPGs, human lymphoblastoid Jurkat cells were treated with the cyPG prostaglandin A1 (PGA1) and stimulated with either TNFα (i.e., as shown in
FIG. 1A ), or TPA (i.e., as shown inFIG. 1B ). Both TNFα and TPA rapidly stimulated IKK activity, which reached a maximum after 10-15 minutes. PGA1 was shown to inhibit IKK activity and prevent IκBα degradation, as well as NF-κB activation by both inducers (See,FIG. 1A andFIG. 1B ), but did not inhibit activation of c-Jun amino-terminal kinases (JNK) and p38 nitrogen-activated protein (MAP) kinases (See e.g.,FIG. 1C ). Hence, PGA1 targets a selected subset of kinases that activate transcription factors. In addition, PGA1 did not inhibit the DNA binding of transcription factors Oct1 and Sp1 (See e.g.,FIG. 1A ). A 15-min exposure to PGA1 was sufficient to partially inhibit IKK activity, but more substantial inhibition required longer pre-incubation (FIG. 1D ). Similarly, PGA1 inhibited IKK activity and prevented NF-κB activation in HeLa cells stimulated with interleukin-1 (IL-1) or TNFα (See,FIG. 1E ). Thus, the inhibitory effect of PGA1 is independent of type of cell and stimulus. However, the half-maximal inhibitory (IC50) concentration of PGA1 towards NF-κB was 12 mM in Jurkat cells, whereas the IC50 was 65 mM in HeLa cells (data not shown). - IKK can be activated by the overexpression of protein kinases MEKK1 (MAP kinase Erk kinase kinase 1) or NIK (NF-κB-inducing kinase) (See, Karin and Delhase, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:9067-9069 [1998]). When added 10 min or 18 h after the transfection of COS cells with X-press-tagged NIK, PGA1 inhibited activation of endogenous IKK activity (See,
FIG. 2A ). In a second experiment, COS cells were co-transfected with hemagglutinin A (HA)-tagged IKKα together with either “empty” or NIK vectors. Under the conditions used as described herein, HA-IKKα was incorporated into functional cytokine-responsive complexes with relative molecular mass (Mr) 900K (Rothwarf et al., supra). NIK-induced IKK activity was inhibited by PGA1 added immediately after or 18 hours after transfection (FIG. 2B ). - PGA1 also inhibited MEKK1-induced IKK activity in Jurkat and in COS cells (data not shown). Of the two catalytic subunits, IKKβ has the major role in responding to pro-inflammatory stimuli (Delhase et al., Science 284:309-313 [1999]; and Tanaka et al., Immun., 10:421-429 [1999]) and is also inhibited by high concentrations of the anti-inflammatory drug aspirin (Yin et al., Nature 398:77-80 [1998]). To determine the effect of cyPG on IKKβ activity, constitutively active IKK complexes were generated, comprising mostly IKKβ homodimers (Zandi et al., supra) by overexpression of HA-tagged IKKβ, in COS cells. In these cells, PGA1 did not affect IKKβ expression, as determined by immunoblotting, whereas it strongly inhibited IKKβ activity (
FIG. 2C ). - The bioactive cyPG 15-deoxy-Δ12-14-PGJ2 (15dPGJ2), which is physiologically formed by dehydration and isomerization of the COX metabolite PGD2, can activate peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-γ (PPAR-γ), a nuclear receptor that interferes with NF-κB transcriptional activity (Ricote et al., supra; and Jiang et al., Nature 391:82-86 [1998]). 15dPGJ2 inhibits the production of pro-inflammatory cytokines and inducible nitric oxide synthase (iNOS) in activated monocytes by a mechanism suggested to involve PPAR-γ (Ricote et al., supra and Jiang et al., supra).
- An anti-inflammatory effect of endogenous and exogenous 15dPGJ2 has been shown in carrageenin-induced pleurisy in rats, which suggests that there is a physiological anti-inflammatory role for cyPGs (Gilroy et al., Nature Med., 5:698-701 [1998]). 15dPGJ2 was found to be a potent inhibitor of NF-κB activation by TPA in human cells that express very low levels of PPAR-γ (data not shown). Thus, experiments were conducted to examine whether 15dPGJ2 targets IKK. In HeLa cells, which do not express PPAR-γ (Ricote et al., supra), 15dPGJ2 inhibited the induction of IKK and NF-κB activities by TNFα (i.e., as shown in
FIG. 3A ). The IC50 for inhibition of NF-κB DNA-binding activity was 2.25 mM, whereas that for IKK activity was 5.08 mM. These concentrations are comparable to those required for inhibition of cytokine synthesis (Ricote et al., supra; and Jiang et al., supra). Intriguingly, 15dPGJ2 stimulated JNK activity even in the absence of TNFα (See,FIG. 3A ). 15dPGJ2 also inhibited TNFα-induced IKK activity in human peripheral blood monocytes, but did not inhibit the DNA-binding activities of Oct1 or Sp1 (data not shown). - CyPGs also inhibited IKK activity in vitro. Endogenous IKK from TNFα-stimulated HeLa cells was immunoprecipitated and its kinase activity was determined in the presence of different concentrations of PGA1 (See,
FIG. 3B ) or 15dPGJ2 (See,FIG. 3C ). IKK activity was inhibited in a dose-dependent manner by both PGA1 and 15dPGJ2, with IC50 values of 79.8 μM and 7.08 μM, respectively. No significant inhibition of either p38 or JNK1 activity was observed upon in vitro incubation with up to 60 μM 15dPGJ2 (data not shown). - To determine whether endogenous cyPGs are sufficient for inhibition of IKK, 293 cells were transfected with expression vectors for enzymes implicated in biosynthesis of PGD2, which is spontaneously converted to 15dPGJ2 by non-enzymatic dehydration (Gilroy et al., supra; and Fukushima et al., supra). Combined expression of the arachidonic acid-releasing enzyme cytosolic phospholipase A2 (cPLA2) with COX2 and PGD synthase (PGDS) resulted in the complete inhibition of TNFα-induced IKK activation and IκB phosphorylation and degradation (See,
FIG. 4 ). However, overexpression of each pair of enzymes (i.e., cPLA2/PGDS and COX2/PGDS) was insufficient for inhibition. Thus, levels of cyPG that inhibit IKK can be obtained in vivo. - Only A- and J-type cyPGs inhibited IKK activity in vivo or in vitro. Arachidonic acid and arachidonic acid metabolites including PGB2, PGD2, PGE1, PGE2, PGF1α, thromboxane B2 (TxB2) and leukotriene B4 (LTB)4 were ineffective (See,
FIG. 5A andFIG. 5B ). Thus, a reactive α,β-unsaturated carbonyl group in the cyclopentane ring, which renders this portion of the molecule able to form Michael adducts with cellular nucleophilics and covalently modify specific proteins (Fukushima et al., supra; and Rossi et al., J. Biol. Chem., 271:32192-32196 [1996]) is essential for IKK inhibition (See,FIG. 5C ). The requirement for a chemically reactive cyclopentenone moiety indicates that cyPGs may inhibit IKKβ through its direct modification. However, an understanding of the mechanism(s) involved is not necessary in order to use the present invention. Nonetheless, while many protein kinase inhibitors compete for ATP-binding sites (Gray et al., Science 281:533-537 [1998]), pre-incubation in the presence of increasing concentrations of ATP had no effect on inhibition of IKKβ by 15dPGJ2 (See,FIG. 6A ). In additional experiments, recombinant IKKβ immobilized on beads was pre-incubated with 15dPGJ2 or diluent, and rinsed extensively with kinase buffer lacking the inhibitor. Despite extensive washing, the sample that was pre-incubated with 15dPGJ2 remained inhibited (data not shown). These results indicated that 15dPGJ2 inhibits IKKβ through direct modification. However, an understanding of the mechanism(s) is not necessary in order to use the present invention. - Nonetheless, cysteine residues are plausible targets for Michael addition reactions on proteins. Both IKKα and IKKβ, but not JNK1 nor p38, contain a cysteine at position 179 within their activation loop (See,
FIG. 6B ). To examine whether this cysteine is critical for sensitivity to cyPG, site-directed mutagenesis was used to replace it with an alanine. Wild-type IKKβ and IKKβ (C179A) were coexpressed with NIK in HeLa cells, and their sensitivity to 15dPGJ2 was examined. Although both constructs were equally responsive to NIK, resulting in similar levels of kinase activity, the IKKβ (C179A) mutant was resistant to the inhibitor (See,FIG. 6C ). Recombinant IKKβ (C179A) was also resistant to concentrations of 15dPGJ2 that were inhibitory to wild-type IKKβ (See,FIG. 6D ) and also to PGA1 (data not shown). - Also, an NF-κB-dependent transcriptional reporter (2×NFκB-LUC) was co-transfected with an expression vector encoding either wild-type IKKβ or IKKβ (C 179A). A NIK expression vector was included to ensure maximal IKK activation. Whereas activation of NF-κB transcription activity through wild-type IKKβ was highly sensitive to 15dPGJ2, NF-κB activation through IKKβ (C 179A) was insensitive to the inhibitor (See,
FIG. 6E ). Together, these results indicate that cyPGs inhibit IKK by direct modification of its IKKβ subunit. The transfection experiments indicate that IKKβ is the critical target for cyPGs in the NF-κB activation pathway. When IKKβ is rendered resistant to modification, very little inhibition of NF-κB transcriptional activity occurs in cyPG-treated cells. - As indicated previously, CyPGs affect cell proliferation (Fukushima et al., supra; and Santoro et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:8407-8411 [1989]), and inhibit inflammation (Gilroy et al., supra; and Ricote et al., supra), and virus replication (Santoro, Trends Microbiol., 5:276-281 [1997]; and Santoro et al., Science 209:1032-1034 [1980]). Inhibition of NF-κB activation (i.e., a factor that modulates cell proliferation, differentiation and survival, controls inflammation and is required for expression and replication of certain viruses, such as HIV-1) may account for many of these effects. Although inhibition of NF-κB-mediated transcription by cyPG has been attributed to the activation of PPAR-γ, which interferes with NF-κB transcriptional activity (Ricote et al., supra; and Jiang et al., supra), such a mechanism probably requires high levels of PPAR-γ, which are not found in many cell types. In addition, potent PPAR-γ agonists, which are not cyPGs, are poor NF-κB inhibitors (Ricote et al., supra; and Staels et al., Nature 393:79-793 [1998]). In particular, troglitazone, a PPAR-γ agonist, does not inhibit either IKK activity or NF-κB activation in HeLa cells stimulated with TNFα (data not shown).
- Although an understanding of the mechanism(s) is not necessary in order to use the present invention, a different, PPAR-γ-independent mechanism that explains the ability of cyPG to inhibit NF-κB is describe herein. Prostaglandins are physiologically present in body fluids at picomolar-to-nanomolar concentrations (See, Fukushima et al., supra; and Serhan et al., FASEB 20:1147-1158 [1996]). However, arachidonic acid metabolism is highly increased in several pathological conditions, including hyperthermia, infection and inflammation (Herschman et al., Adv. Exp. Med. Biol., 407:61-66 [1977]; Newton et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 237:28-32 [1997]; Calderwood et al., J. Cell Physiol., 141:325-333 [1989]; and Leung et al., J. Immunol., 140:84-88 [1988]), and local prostaglandin concentrations in the micromolar range have been detected at sites of acute inflammation (Offenbacher et al., J. Periodontal. Res., 21:101-112 [1986]). Elevated cyPG synthesis has been detected in late phases of inflammation (Ricote et al., supra) and is associated with resolution of inflammation (Gilroy et al., supra). Therefore, concentrations of cyPG that are sufficient for IKK inhibition may occur locally during late phases of inflammatory responses. Moreover, as it is likely that cyPGs inhibit IKK through covalent and irreversible modification, it is contemplated that their effect is cumulative. As COX2 synthesis is under NF-κB control (Herschman et al., supra; and Newton et al., supra), it is contemplated that the inhibition of IKK by cyPGs forms a negative autoregulatory loop that contributes to resolution of inflammation. The results observed during the development of the present invention and described herein, indicate that cyPG, as well as more potent derivatives have therapeutic value in the treatment of inflammatory and viral diseases, as well as certain cancers in which inhibition of NF-κB activity is desirable.
- As discussed in detail herein, the present invention provides compounds that are effective inhibitors of IKK for the treatment and prevention of disease (or other pathological conditions) in animals (e.g., a mammal such as a human). Such diseases include, but are not limited to chronic and acute inflammation, cancer, viral infection, bacterial infection, and transplant rejection. However, it is not intended that the present invention be limited to any specific disease or condition. Indeed, it is contemplated that the present invention will find use in treatment and/or prevention regimens for numerous diseases and conditions in which inhibition of NF-κB activity is desirable.
- In some cases in which the compounds are sufficiently basic or acidic to form stable nontoxic acid or base salts, administration of the compounds as salts is appropriate. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts included but are not limited to organic addition salts formed with acids which form a physiologically acceptable anion, for example, tosylate, methanesulfonate, acetate, citrate, malonate, tartarate, succinate, benzoate, ascorbate, α-ketoglutarate, and α-glycerophosphate. In other embodiments, suitable inorganic salts are formed, including hydrochloride, sulfate, nitrate, bicarbonate, and carbonate salts.
- It is contemplated that pharmaceutically acceptable salts for use in the present invention are obtained using standard procedures well known in the art, including but not limited to reacting a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine with a suitable acid, producing a physiologically acceptable anion. Alkali metal (e.g., sodium, potassium, and lithium) or alkaline earth metal (e.g., calcium) salts of carboxylic acids are also contemplated for use in the present invention.
- In various embodiments of the present invention, the compounds of formula I are formulated as pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a mammalian host (e.g., humans and other animals), in any of a variety of forms adapted to the chosen route of administration (e.g., orally, intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, topical, etc.). Thus, in some embodiments, the present compounds are systemically administered (e.g., orally or intravenously), in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle(s) such as an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier. In other embodiments, the compounds are enclosed in hard or soft shell gelatin capsules, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly into or served in conjunction with the subject's diet. In some embodiments for oral therapeutic administration, the active compound is combined with one or more excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like. In preferred embodiments, such compositions and preparations contain at least 0.1% of active compound. It is contemplated that the percentage of the compositions and preparations will vary, depending upon the particular patient's condition, as known in the art. In some embodiments, the concentration is conveniently formulated to be between about 2 to about 60% of the weight of a given unit dosage form. The amount of active compound in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that an effective dosage level is obtained.
- In other embodiments, the tablets, troches, pills, capsules and the like, also contain components such as binders (e.g., gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch or gelatin), excipients (e.g., dicalcium phosphate); disintegrating agent(s) (e.g., corn starch, potato starch, alginic acid, etc.), lubricant(s) (e.g., magnesium stearate); sweetening agent(s) (e.g., sucrose, fructose, lactose, xylitol, aspartame, etc.), and/or flavoring agent(s) (e.g., peppermint, oil of wintergreen, cherry, etc.). In some embodiments wherein the unit dosage form is a capsule, the capsule contains a liquid carrier (e.g., vegetable oil or polyethylene glycol). Various other materials are also included in some embodiments, including but not limited to coatings (e.g., gelatin, wax, shellac, sugar, etc.), preservatives (e.g., methyl and propylparaben), dyes, etc. In some preferred embodiments, the active compounds are incorporated into sustained release preparations and/or devices. In each of these alternative embodiments, the materials used are pharmaceutically acceptable and substantially non-toxic in the amounts utilized.
- In still further embodiments, the active compound(s) is/are administered via injection (e.g., intravenously, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, intrathecally, intrasynovially, etc.). In these embodiments, solutions of the active compound or its salts are prepared in water and in some embodiments, mixed with nontoxic surfactant(s). In further embodiments, dispersions are prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, triacetin, and mixtures thereof, and in oils. In still further embodiments, the preparations contain preservatives and/or antimicrobials to prevent the growth of microorganisms in the preparation.
- Thus, the present invention provides various pharmaceutical dosage forms suitable for injection and/or infusion, including embodiments in which sterile aqueous solutions, dispersions, and/or sterile powders comprising the active ingredient are adapted for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable or infusible solutions or dispersions. In some embodiments, the compositions are encapsulated within liposomes. In all cases, the ultimate dosage form is sterile and stable, under the conditions of manufacture and storage. In some embodiments, the liquid carrier or vehicle is a solvent or liquid dispersion medium (e.g., containing water, ethanol, polyol [e.g, glycerol, propylene glycols, etc.], vegetable oils, nontoxic glyceryl esters, and suitable mixtures thereof). In some embodiments, the proper fluidity is maintained by formation of liposomes, by maintenance of the required particle size (e.g., in dispersions) and/or surfactants. In other embodiments, antimicrobials (e.g., antibacterials and/or antifungals) are incorporated (e.g., parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, etc.). In other embodiments, isotonic agents (e.g., sugars, buffers, sodium chloride, etc.), are included. In still further embodiments, prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions is accomplished through use of agent(s) that delay absorption (e.g., aluminum monostearate and gelatin).
- In some embodiments, sterile injectable solutions are prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in the appropriate solvent with various additional ingredients (e.g., compositions described above) as required, followed by filter sterilization. In some embodiments utilizing sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation include, but are not limited to vacuum drying and freeze drying, which yield the active ingredient in powdered form (in addition to any other ingredient(s) present in the previously sterile-filtered solutions).
- In some embodiments involving topical administration, dermatologically acceptable carriers (solid or liquid) are utilized. Useful solid carriers include but are not limited to talc, clay, microcrystalline cellulose, silica, alumina, etc. Useful liquid carriers include, but are not limited to water, alcohols, glycols, and/or water-alcohol/glycol blends, in which the active compound(s) are dissolved or dispersed at effective levels, optionally with the aid of non-toxic surfactants. In still further embodiments, other ingredients are also incorporated into the preparation, including but not limited to fragrances. In some embodiments, the compositions of the present invention are applied using absorbent pads, bandages and or dressings impregnated with the composition(s), or sprayed onto the area to be treated using pump or aerosol sprayers.
- In still other embodiments, thickeners (e.g., synthetic polymers, fatty acids, fatty acid salts, fatty acid esters, modified celluloses, and modified mineral materials) are employed with liquid carriers, to form spreadable pastes, gels, ointments, soaps, etc., for the direct application of the compositions to the skin. Examples of useful dermatological compositions suitable for use with the present invention include, but are not limited to Jacquet et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 4,608,392), Geria (U.S. Pat. No. 4,992,478), Smith et al., (U.S. Pat. No. 4,559,157), and Wortzman (U.S. Pat. No. 4,820,508), all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- Methods for determining the useful dosages of the compounds of the present invention are known to those in the art. For example, in some embodiments, the useful dosages are determined by comparing the in vitro and in vivo activity in animal models. Methods for extrapolating the effective dosages in mice and other animals to humans are known in the art (See e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,938,949, herein incorporated by reference).
- It is contemplated that the amount of the compound(s), active salt, or derivative thereof, of the present invention will be determined prior to administration of the compound to a subject to be treated. It is further contemplated that the dosage of the compound(s) will vary, depending upon the condition(s) to be treated, and the age and overall health of the subject. Those of skill in the art are well-familiar with such determinations. However, in general, a suitable dose of the compound (e.g., a compound of formula I), is in the range of from about 0.5 to about 100 mg/kg (e.g., from about 1 to about 75 mg/kg of body weight per day), such as from about 3 to about 50 mg/kg per day, preferably in the range of 5 to 10 mg/kg/day. In particularly preferred embodiments, the compound is conveniently administered in unit dosage form (e.g., containing 5 to 1000 mg, 10 to 750 mg, or 50 to 500 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form). In alternative particularly preferred embodiments, the active compound is administered so as to achieve peak plasma concentrations of the active compound of from about 0.5 to about 75 μM, preferably, about 1 to 50 μM, and most preferably about 2 to about 30 μM. In some embodiments, this is achieved by the intravenous injection of a 0.05% to 5% solution of the active compound. In some embodiments, this is achieved using saline as a diluent (e.g., in injectable embodiments) or orally administering the active compound as a bolus containing about 1-100 mg of the active compound. In some embodiments, desirable blood levels of the active compound are maintained by continuous infusion, so as to provide about 0.01 to 5.0 mg/kg/hr, while in other embodiments, intermittent infusions are used, so as to provide about 0.4 to 15 mg/kg of the active compound.
- In addition, in some embodiments, the desired dose is conveniently presented as a single dose, while in other embodiments, multiple doses are provided (e.g., for administration at appropriate intervals during the day, week, or month, etc.). In still other embodiments, the sub-doses are further divided (e.g., into a number of discrete loosely spaced administrations, such as for multiple administrations from an insufflator or by application of a plurality of drops into the eye).
- In further embodiments, the ability of the compound(s) of the present invention to inhibit inflammation in particular clinical settings is determined using well-known pharmacological models, in addition (or as an alternative) to the methods described herein (See e.g., Gilroy et al., Nature Med., 5:698-701 [1994]; and Ricote et al., Nature 391:74-82 [1998]).
- Thus, the present invention provides numerous embodiments for the treatment and/or prevention of diseases and/or conditions associated with the NF-κB activity. In particular, the present invention provides methods and compositions suitable to inhibit (prevent or decrease) NF-κB activity.
- The following Examples are provided in order to demonstrate and further illustrate certain preferred embodiments and aspects of the present invention and are not to be construed as limiting the scope thereof.
- In the experimental disclosure which follows, the following abbreviations apply: ° C. (degrees Centigrade); rpm (revolutions per minute); BSA (bovine serum albumin); CFA (complete Freund's adjuvant); IFA (incomplete Freund's adjuvant); IgG (immunoglobulin G); IM (intramuscular); IP (intraperitoneal); IV (intravenous or intravascular); SC (subcutaneous); H2O (water); HCl (hydrochloric acid); wt (wild-type); aa (amino acid); bp (base pair); kb (kilobase pair); kD (kilodaltons); gm (grams); μg (micrograms); mg (milligrams); ng (nanograms); μl (microliters); ml (milliliters); mm (millimeters); nm (nanometers); μm (micrometer); M (molar); mM (millimolar); μM (micromolar); U (units); V (volts); MW (molecular weight); sec (seconds); min(s) (minute/minutes); hr(s) (hour/hours); MgCl2 (magnesium chloride); NaCl (sodium chloride); OD280 (optical density at 280 nm); OD600 (optical density at 600 nm); PAGE (polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis); PBS (phosphate buffered saline [150 mM NaCl, 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.2]); FBS and FCS (fetal calf serum); DMEM (Dulbecco-modified Minimum Essential Medium); PCR (polymerase chain reaction); PEG (polyethylene glycol); PMSF (phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride); RT-PCR (reverse transcription PCR); SDS (sodium dodecyl sulfate); Tris (tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane); w/v (weight to volume); v/v (volume to volume); Cayman (Cayman Chemical Co., Ann Arbor, Mich.); Amersham (Amersham Life Science, Inc. Arlington Heights, Ill.); ICN (ICN Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Costa Mesa, Calif.); Amicon (Amicon, Inc., Beverly, Mass.); ATCC (American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Md.); Becton Dickinson (Becton Dickinson Labware, Lincoln Park, N.J.); BioRad (BioRad, Richmond, Calif.); Clontech (CLONTECH Laboratories, Palo Alto, Calif.); Difco (Difco Laboratories, Detroit, Mich.); GIBCO BRL or Gibco BRL (Life Technologies, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.); Qiagen (Qiagen, Inc., Valencia, Calif.); Invitrogen (Invitrogen Corp., San Diego, Calif.); Kodak (Eastman Kodak Co., New Haven, Conn.); New England Biolabs (New England Biolabs, Inc., Beverly, Mass.); Novagen (Novagen, Inc., Madison, Wis.); Pharmacia (Pharmacia, Inc., Piscataway, N.J.); Schleicher & Schuell (Schleicher and Schuell, Inc., Keene, N.H.); Chemicon (Chemicon, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.): Sigma (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, Mo.); Sorvall (Sorvall Instruments, a subsidiary of DuPont Co., Biotechnology Systems, Wilmington, Del.); Zymed (Zymed Labs, South San Francisco, Calif.); Jackson ImmunoResearch (Jackson ImmunoResearch Laboratories, Inc., West Grove, Pa.); Stratagene (Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif.); Whatman (Whatman LabSales, Hillsboro, Oreg.); Ambion (Ambion, Inc., Austin, Tex.); and Zeiss (Carl Zeiss, Inc., Thornwood, N.Y.).
- Cells used in the experiments described herein were cultured in either RPMI 1640 (Jurkat cells) or DMEM (HeLa and COS cells), supplemented with 10% FBS and antibiotics. Cells were stimulated with either 25 ng/ml TPA, 20 ng/ml recombinant TNFα, or 10 ng/ml interleukin 1β (Sigma). PGA1, 15dPGJ2, TxB2, LTB4, AA and other PGs (Cayman) dissolved in ethanol were used as well, as known in the art (See e.g., Rossi et al., 94:746-750 [1997]). Controls received equal amounts of ethanol. Transfections were performed using Lipofectamine Plus (GIBCO) for HeLa and COS cells and DEAE-dextran (Sigma) for Jurkat cells. Xpress-tagged NIK, Xpress-tagged MEKK1, HA-tagged IKKα, and HA-tagged IKKβ were also used (See e.g., Zandi et al., Science 281:1360-1363 [1998]; and Delhase et al., Science 284:309-313 [1999]). COX2 and cPLA2 expression vectors were obtained from Dr. L. Feng (See also, Hirose et al., J. Am. Soc. Nephrol., 9:408-416 [1998]). PGD synthase was cloned from HT29 colon carcinoma cell line cDNA by PCR and subcloned into a pcDNA3 vector. Cells were lysed in buffer B (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 400 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM EGTA, 1% Triton, 0.5% NP-40, 10% glycerol, and supplemented with 20 mM β-glycerophosphate, 10 mM PNPP, 500 mM Na3VO4, 1 mM PMSF, 20 μg/ml aprotinin, 2.5 μg/ml leupeptin, 8.3 μg/ml bestatin, 1.7 μg/ml pepstatin, and 2 mM DTT).
- Aliquots of total extracts (15 μg protein) in buffer B were incubated with a 32P-labeled κB DNA, followed by analysis of DNA-binding activities by EMSA on 4% PAGE gels, as known in the art (See, Rossi et al., supra). Specificity of protein-DNA complexes was verified by supershift with polyclonal antibodies specific for p65 (Rel A).
- Cell lysates were incubated with anti-IKKα (Pharmingen), anti-HA (12CA5; Pharmingen), anti-JNK1 (333.8; Pharmingen), or anti-p38 (New England Biolabs) for 2 hours. Then, 15 μl protein A-Sepharose (Sigma) were added and the mixture was allowed to incubate for 1 hour. After extensive washing, kinase assays were performed as known in the art (See e.g., DiDonato et al., Nature 388:548-554 [1997]). Endogenous IKK, HA-tagged IKKα, endogenous JNK1, and p38 activities were determined with GST-1κBα (1-54), GST-c-Jun (1-79), and GST-ATF2 as substrates.
- In addition, recombinant IKKβ was expressed in Sf9 cells and purified as described (Zandi et al., supra). AA, PGs, LTB4, and TxB2 were added to washed immunoprecipitates of recombinant IKKβ in kinase buffer to a final volume of 500 μl. After 1.5 hours at 4° C., the immunoprecipitates were washed and the kinase activity determined. Western blot analysis was also performed as known in the art (See e.g., Rossi et al., supra).
- Human lymphoblastoid Jurkat cells were treated with the cyPG prostaglandin A1 (PGA1) and stimulated with either TNFα (as indicated in
FIG. 1A ) or TPA (as indicated inFIG. 1B ). Both TNFα and TPA rapidly stimulated IKK activity, reaching a maximum after 10-15 minutes. As indicated inFIG. 1A andFIG. 1B , PGA1 inhibited IKK activity and prevented IκBα degradation and NF-κB activation by both inducers. However, as indicated inFIG. 1C , PGA1 did not inhibit activation of JNK and p38 MAP kinases. Hence, PGA1 targets a selected subset of kinases that activate transcription factors. In addition, PGA1 did not inhibit DNA binding of transcription factors Oct1 and Sp1, as shown inFIG. 1A . A 15 minute exposure to PGA1 was sufficient to partially inhibit IKK activity, but more substantial inhibition required longer preincubation, as indicated by the results inFIG. 1D . Similarly, PGA1 inhibited IKK activity and prevented NF-κB activation in HeLa cells stimulated with interleukin-1 (IL-1) or TNFα, as indicated inFIG. 1E . Thus, the inhibitory effect of PGA1 is independent of the type of cell and stimulus. However, in Jurkat cells, the half-maximal inhibitory (IC50) concentration of PGA1 towards NF-κB was 12 μM, whereas the half-maximal inhibition for HeLa cells was 65 μM PGA1. - In HeLa cells, which do not express PPAR-γ, 15dPGJ2 inhibited induction of IKK and NF-κB activities by TNFα, as shown in
FIG. 2A . The IC50 for inhibition of NF-κB DNA binding activity was 2.25 μM, while the half-maximal inhibition of IKK activity was observed to be 5.08 μM for 15dPGJ2. These concentrations are comparable to those required for inhibition of cytokine synthesis. 15dPGJ2 stimulated JNK activity, even in the absence of TNFα, as indicated inFIG. 2A . 15dPGJ2 also inhibited TNFα-induced IKK activity in human peripheral blood monocytes and did not inhibit Oct1 nor Sp1 DNA binding activities. - Endogenous IKK was immunoprecipitated from TNFα-stimulated HeLa cells and the kinase activity determined in the presence of different concentrations of PGA1 (the results of which are shown in
FIG. 2B ) or 15dPGJ2 (the results of which are shown inFIG. 2C ). IKK activity was inhibited in a dose-dependent fashion by both PGA1 and 15dPGJ2, with IC50 values of 79.8 μM and 7.08 μM, respectively. No significant inhibition of either p38 or JNK1 activities was observed upon in vitro incubation with up to 60 μM 15dPGJ2. - In these experiments, HEK 293 cells were transfected with expression vectors encoding enzymes implicated in the biosynthesis of PGD2, which is spontaneously converted to 15dPGJ2 by non-enzymatic degradation. Briefly, HEK 293 cells were transfected with expression vectors for cytosolic phospholipase A2 (cPLA2), cyclooxygenase 2 (COX2), and prostaglandin D synthase (PGDS). After 12 hours, the cells were washed, incubated in low serum (0.5%) medium for an additional 30 hours and then treated with TNFα for 15 minutes. IκBα degradation and IKK activity were then determined. IκBα immunoblots were reprobed with anti-p65, to verify equal loading of samples.
- As indicated in
FIG. 3A ,FIG. 3B andFIG. 3C , combined expression of the arachidonic acid (AA) releasing enzyme cytosolic phospholipase (cPLA2) with COX2 and PGD synthase (PGDS) resulted in complete inhibition of TNFα-induced IKK activation and IκB phosphorylation and degradation. However, overexpression of each pair of enzymes (i.e., cPLA2+PGDS and COX2+PGDS) was insufficient for inhibition. - In this Example, experiments to determined the effects of arachidonic acid and its metabolites on IKK activity in vivo and in vitro are described. HeLa cells were treated with 50 μM AA, PGA1, PGB2, PGD2, PGE1, PGE2, PGF1α, or thromboxane B2 (TxB2), 1 μM LTB4, or 5 μM 15dPGJ2, for 2 hours in RPMI containing 10% FCS, and stimulated with TNFα for 10 minutes. Cell lysates were then assayed for endogenous IKK activity and recovery. These results are shown in
FIG. 5A . In this Figure, “control” indicates unstimulated cells, and “-” indicates treatment with diluent alone. In addition, IKK was immunoprecipitated from TNFα-stimulated HeLA cells and incubated in vitro with 100 μM AA, PGA1, PGB2, PGD2, PGE1, PGE2, PGF1α, or TxB2, 2 μM LTB4 or 10 μM 15dPGJ2, followed by kinase assay and immunoblot analysis. These results are shown inFIG. 5B . In this Figure, “control” indicates to unstimulated cells, and “−” indicates 1% ethanol.FIG. 5C shows the structure of the different AA-metabolites used in these experiments and indicated inFIG. 5A andFIG. 5B . - Type A and J cyPGs were found to inhibit IKK activity in vivo and in vitro. In contrast, AA and AA metabolites, including PGB2, PGD2, PGE1, PGE2, PGF1α, thromboxane B2 (TxB2) and leukotriene B4 (LTB4) were ineffective. The results in
FIG. 5A andFIG. 5B , indicate that the presence of a reactive α,β-unsaturated carbonyl group in the cyclopentane ring, which renders this portion of the molecule able to form Michael adducts with cellular nucleophilics and covalently modify specific proteins, is essential for IKK inhibition (See e.g.,FIG. 5C ). - The requirement for a chemically reactive cyclopentenone moiety suggested that cyPGs inhibit IKKβ through direct modification. Many protein kinase inhibitors compete with binding of ATP, but preincubation in the presence of increasing concentrations of ATP had no effect on inhibition of IKKβ by 15dPGJ2, as indicated in
FIG. 6A .FIG. 6A shows results for IKK immunoprecipitated from TNFα stimulated HeLa cells and incubated with 15dPGJ2 (0-30 μM) with or without ATP in lysis buffer at 4° C. for 30 minutes. The pellets were rinsed and kinase activity was measured. - In other experiments, purified recombinant IKKβ immobilized on beads with 15dPGJ2 or diluent were preincubated and extensively rinsed with kinase buffer lacking the inhibitor. Despite extensive washing, the sample that was preincubated with 15dPGJ2 remained inhibited. These results indicate that 15dPGJ2 may inhibit IKKβ through direct modification.
- Although an understanding of the mechanism(s) are not necessary in order to use the present invention, cysteine residues are plausible targets for Michael addition reactions on proteins. Both IKKβ and IKKα, but not JNK1 nor p38, contain a cysteine at position 179 within their active loop (See,
FIG. 6B ; Ricote et al., Nature 391:74-82 [1998]). - In an experiment to determine whether this cysteine is critical for sensitivity to cyPG, cysteine was replaced with an alanine using site-directed mutagenesis. In these experiments, HeLa cells were transiently transfected with expression vectors for IKKβ (WT) or IKKβ (C179A) with or without a NIK expression vector. After 16 hours, NIK transfected cells were treated for 2 hours with 15dPGJ2. Kinase activity (KA) and expression (IB:HA) were subsequently determined. Thus, wild-type (WT) IKKβ and mutant IKKβ (i.e., IKKβ (C179A)) were coexpressed with NIK in HeLa cells and their sensitivity to 15dPGJ2 examined. While both constructs were equally responsive to NIK, resulting in similar levels of kinase activity, the IKKβ (C179A) mutant was resistant to inhibitor (See,
FIG. 6C ). - Recombinant IKKβ (C179A) was also resistant to concentrations of 15dPGJ2 that were inhibitory to wild-type IKKβ (as shown in
FIG. 6D ), and also to PGA1. An NF-κB dependent transcriptional reporter (2×NFκB-LUC) was preincubated with expression vector encoding either wild-type IKKβ or IKKβ (C179A). A NIK expression vector was included to ensure maximal IKK activation. While activation of NF-κB transcriptional activity through wild-type IKKβ was highly sensitive to 15dPGJ2, NF-κB activation through IKKβ (C179A) was insensitive to the inhibitor (See, results shown inFIG. 6E ).FIG. 6E provides the results for HeLa cells transiently transfected with a 2×NF-κB-LUC reporter, a NIK expression vector and expression vectors for wild type IKKβ or IKKβ (C179A). At 3 hours post-transfection, cells were treated with 15dPGJ2 and at 24 hours, the luciferase activities were determined for duplicate samples. In each case, the maximal activity achieved in the absence of inhibitor was given an arbitrary value of 100% and the other values were calculated relative to this one. - Collectively, these results strongly indicate that cyPGs inhibit IKK by direct modification of the IKKβ subunit. In addition, the transfection experiments indicate that IKKβ is the critical target for cyPGs in the NF-κB activation pathway. When IKKβ is rendered resistant to modification, very little inhibition of NF-κB transcriptional activity occurs in cyPG-treated cells.
- All publications and patents mentioned in the above specification are herein incorporated by reference. Various modifications and variations of the described method and system of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. Although the invention has been described in connection with specific preferred embodiments, it should be understood that the invention as claimed should not be unduly limited to such specific embodiments. Indeed, various modifications of the described modes for carrying out the invention, which are obvious to those skilled in the art and/or related fields are intended to be within the scope of the following Claims.
Claims (14)
1-21. (canceled)
22. A method to prevent disease associated with NFκB, comprising:
a) providing:
i) an animal at risk for disease associated with NFκB, and wherein said animal expresses IKK, and
ii) a composition that inhibits IKK; and
b) administering said compound to said animal under conditions such that said composition inhibits IKK expressed by said animal, resulting in inhibition of NFκB.
23. The method of claim 22 , wherein said animal is a human.
24. The method of claim 22 , wherein said composition comprises a compound that interacts with cysteine-179 of said IKK.
25. The method of claim 22 , wherein said disease is selected from the group consisting of inflammation, cancer, bacterial, and viral diseases.
26. The method of claim 22 , wherein said composition comprises at least one cyclopentenone.
27. The method of claim 26 , wherein said cyclopentenone is a cyclopentenone prostaglandin.
28-30. (canceled)
31. A method to treat disease associated with NFκB, comprising:
a) providing:
i) an animal having at least one disease associated with NFκB, and wherein said animal expresses IKK, and
ii) a composition that inhibits IKK; and
b) administering said compound to said animal under conditions such that said composition inhibits IKK expressed by said animal, resulting in inhibition of NFκB.
32. The method of claim 31 , wherein said animal is a human.
33. The method of claim 31 , wherein said composition comprises a compound that interacts with cysteine-179 of said IKK.
34. The method of claim 31 , wherein said disease is selected from the group consisting of inflammation, cancer, bacterial and viral diseases.
35. The method of claim 31 , wherein said composition comprises at least one cyclopentenone.
36. The method of claim 35 , wherein said cyclopentenone is a cyclopentenone prostaglandin.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US12/217,940 US20090054524A1 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2008-07-09 | Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US16709099P | 1999-11-23 | 1999-11-23 | |
US18602300P | 2000-03-01 | 2000-03-01 | |
US09/721,380 US6649654B1 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2000-11-22 | Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors |
US10/376,470 US7053119B2 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2003-02-28 | Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors |
US11/351,155 US7399606B2 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2006-02-08 | Methods for identifying IκB Kinase (IKK) inhibitors |
US12/217,940 US20090054524A1 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2008-07-09 | Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/351,155 Continuation US7399606B2 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2006-02-08 | Methods for identifying IκB Kinase (IKK) inhibitors |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20090054524A1 true US20090054524A1 (en) | 2009-02-26 |
Family
ID=29424415
Family Applications (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/721,380 Expired - Fee Related US6649654B1 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2000-11-22 | Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors |
US10/376,470 Expired - Fee Related US7053119B2 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2003-02-28 | Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors |
US11/351,155 Expired - Fee Related US7399606B2 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2006-02-08 | Methods for identifying IκB Kinase (IKK) inhibitors |
US12/217,940 Abandoned US20090054524A1 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2008-07-09 | Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors |
Family Applications Before (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/721,380 Expired - Fee Related US6649654B1 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2000-11-22 | Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors |
US10/376,470 Expired - Fee Related US7053119B2 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2003-02-28 | Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors |
US11/351,155 Expired - Fee Related US7399606B2 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2006-02-08 | Methods for identifying IκB Kinase (IKK) inhibitors |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (4) | US6649654B1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8802680B2 (en) | 2011-06-29 | 2014-08-12 | The Penn State Research Foundation | Compositions, methods and kits for treating leukemia |
Families Citing this family (24)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
AU726383B2 (en) * | 1996-08-26 | 2000-11-02 | Signal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Stimulus-inducible I (KAPPA)B kinase (IKK) signalsome |
CN102816743A (en) * | 1998-12-10 | 2012-12-12 | 信号药物公司 | Human ubiquitin ligase E3 for the modulation of NF-Kappa B |
US6649654B1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2003-11-18 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors |
JP2006512313A (en) * | 2002-10-31 | 2006-04-13 | アムジェン インコーポレイテッド | Anti-inflammatory agent |
US7279288B2 (en) * | 2004-09-03 | 2007-10-09 | California Institute Of Technology | I kappa B kinase complex as a target for the treatment of Huntington's disease |
TW200942231A (en) | 2008-01-11 | 2009-10-16 | Reata Pharmaceuticals Inc | Synthetic triterpenoids and methods of use in the treatment of disease |
CN104250280A (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2014-12-31 | 里亚塔医药公司 | Antioxidant inflammation modulators: c-17 homologated oleanolic acid derivatives |
JP5564490B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2014-07-30 | リアタ ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド | Compounds containing anti-inflammatory pharmacores and methods of use |
NZ588710A (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2012-12-21 | Reata Pharmaceuticals Inc | Antioxidant inflammation modulators: oleanolic acid derivatives with amino and other modifications at C-17 |
WO2009129545A1 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antioxidant inflammation modulators: oleanolic acid derivatives with saturation in the c-ring |
JP5758801B2 (en) | 2008-07-22 | 2015-08-05 | トラスティーズ・オブ・ダートマス・カレッジTrustees of Dartmouth College | Monocyclic cyanoenone and description of how to use it |
US8318446B2 (en) * | 2008-12-05 | 2012-11-27 | California Institute Of Technology | DNA-damage-induced proteolysis |
NZ612788A (en) | 2010-12-17 | 2015-10-30 | Reata Pharmaceuticals Inc | Pyrazolyl and pyrimidinyl tricyclic enones as antioxidant inflammation modulators |
LT2683731T (en) | 2011-03-11 | 2019-07-10 | Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | C4-monomethyl triterpenoid derivatives and methods of use thereof |
SE1350211A1 (en) * | 2012-02-23 | 2013-08-24 | Golden Biotechnology Corp | Methods and compositions for the treatment of cancer metastases |
RS61544B1 (en) | 2012-04-27 | 2021-04-29 | Reata Pharmaceuticals Inc | 2,2-difluoropropionamide derivative of bardoxolone methyl, pharmaceutical compositions and polymorphs thereof for use in treating certain conditions |
WO2013188818A1 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2013-12-19 | Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | A-ring epoxidized triterpenoid-based anti-inflammation modulators and methods of use thereof |
TWI630212B (en) | 2012-09-10 | 2018-07-21 | 瑞塔醫藥有限責任公司 | C17-alkanediyl and alkenediyl derivatives of oleanolic acid and methods of use thereof |
WO2014040073A1 (en) | 2012-09-10 | 2014-03-13 | Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | C13-hydroxy derivatives of oleanolic acid and methods of use thereof |
US9512094B2 (en) | 2012-09-10 | 2016-12-06 | Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | C17-heteroaryl derivatives of oleanolic acid and methods of use thereof |
UY35534A (en) | 2013-04-24 | 2014-10-31 | Abbvie Inc | DERIVATIVES OF 2,2-DIFLUOROPROPANAMIDE AND METHYL BARDOXOLONE, POLYMODIC FORMS AND METHODS OF USE |
CN108290922B (en) | 2015-09-23 | 2021-12-07 | 里亚塔医药公司 | C4-modified oleanolic acid derivatives for inhibition of IL-17 and other uses |
US12060340B2 (en) | 2018-06-20 | 2024-08-13 | Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc | Cysteine-dependent inverse agonists of nuclear receptors ROR-gamma/ROR-gamma-t and methods of treating diseases or disorders therewith |
CN112955139A (en) | 2018-09-25 | 2021-06-11 | 庞塞迪利昂健康特定活动公司 | Process for the preparation of calcium alpha-ketoglutarate |
Citations (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5844073A (en) * | 1997-07-03 | 1998-12-01 | Tularik Inc. | Human NIK proteins |
US6180681B1 (en) * | 1996-06-18 | 2001-01-30 | Consiglio Nazionale Delle Ricerche | 2-cyclopenten-1-one as an inducer of HSP70 |
US6242253B1 (en) * | 1997-10-09 | 2001-06-05 | Regents Of The University Of California | IkB kinase, subunits thereof, and methods of using same |
US6649654B1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2003-11-18 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors |
US6864224B1 (en) * | 1999-09-01 | 2005-03-08 | Brown University Research Foundation | Kinase inhibitors and methods of use in screening assays and modulation of cell proliferation and growth |
US20050187176A1 (en) * | 2003-10-10 | 2005-08-25 | Bates Paula J. | Method for inhibiting NF-kappa B signaling and use to treat or prevent human diseases |
US7175679B2 (en) * | 2001-03-29 | 2007-02-13 | Biotempt B.V. | Oligopeptide treatment of NF-κB mediated inflammation |
US7189832B1 (en) * | 1998-08-20 | 2007-03-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Gamma subunit of cytokine responsive IκB-alpha kinase complex and methods of using same |
US20070270392A1 (en) * | 2003-12-02 | 2007-11-22 | Imperial College Innovations Limited | Use of a Cyclopentenone Prostaglandin for Delaying the Onset and/or Preventing the Continuation of Labour |
Family Cites Families (34)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US1896326A (en) * | 1929-09-28 | 1933-02-07 | Robinson E S & A Ltd | Container or box for fragile articles |
US1898646A (en) * | 1929-12-10 | 1933-02-21 | Richardson Taylor Globe Corp | Display box |
US2875942A (en) * | 1956-09-05 | 1959-03-03 | Owens Illinois Glass Co | Corner construction for boxes |
US3822785A (en) * | 1972-10-13 | 1974-07-09 | Westinghouse Electric Corp | Sleeve container for lamp bulbs or the like, and resulting package |
CH558279A (en) * | 1973-07-18 | 1975-01-31 | Schick Andre | PRODUCT PRESENTATION BOX. |
US4120443A (en) * | 1978-02-06 | 1978-10-17 | Container Corporation Of America | Cushioning insert |
US4559157A (en) | 1983-04-21 | 1985-12-17 | Creative Products Resource Associates, Ltd. | Cosmetic applicator useful for skin moisturizing |
LU84979A1 (en) | 1983-08-30 | 1985-04-24 | Oreal | COSMETIC OR PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION IN AQUEOUS OR ANHYDROUS FORM WHOSE FATTY PHASE CONTAINS OLIGOMER POLYETHER AND NEW OLIGOMER POLYETHERS |
US4683195A (en) | 1986-01-30 | 1987-07-28 | Cetus Corporation | Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences |
US4683202A (en) | 1985-03-28 | 1987-07-28 | Cetus Corporation | Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences |
US4965188A (en) | 1986-08-22 | 1990-10-23 | Cetus Corporation | Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or cloning nucleic acid sequences using a thermostable enzyme |
US4946778A (en) | 1987-09-21 | 1990-08-07 | Genex Corporation | Single polypeptide chain binding molecules |
US4820508A (en) | 1987-06-23 | 1989-04-11 | Neutrogena Corporation | Skin protective composition |
US4992478A (en) | 1988-04-04 | 1991-02-12 | Warner-Lambert Company | Antiinflammatory skin moisturizing composition and method of preparing same |
US4938949A (en) | 1988-09-12 | 1990-07-03 | University Of New York | Treatment of damaged bone marrow and dosage units therefor |
AU5554190A (en) | 1989-05-08 | 1990-11-29 | Mark I. Farber | Process and apparatus for the recovery of precious metals from slag, tailings and other materials |
US5234102A (en) * | 1992-02-11 | 1993-08-10 | Riverwood International Corporation | Carrier for stacked articles |
US5246113A (en) * | 1992-02-11 | 1993-09-21 | Riverwood International Corporation | Carrier for stacked articles |
US5437143A (en) * | 1993-09-20 | 1995-08-01 | The Mead Corporation | Method of forming a package of beverage cans |
US5447299A (en) * | 1994-02-04 | 1995-09-05 | Riverwood International Corporation | Divider sheet for stacked products and method of supplying planar articles |
US5518111A (en) * | 1994-03-02 | 1996-05-21 | The Mead Corporation | Removable divider panel for multiple-tier article package |
ES2116101T3 (en) * | 1994-08-17 | 1998-07-01 | Riverwood Int Corp | DIVIDING PANEL FOR STACKED JARS. |
US5415344A (en) * | 1994-09-21 | 1995-05-16 | Riverwood International Corporation | Open-top container |
US5682984A (en) * | 1995-01-19 | 1997-11-04 | The C.W. Zumbiel Co. | Two tier can carton |
US5669500A (en) * | 1996-01-19 | 1997-09-23 | Riverwood International Corporation | Carrier for stacked bottles |
US5620094A (en) * | 1996-05-21 | 1997-04-15 | Riverwood International Corporation | Wrap-around carrier with top divider tab |
US5938109A (en) * | 1997-02-26 | 1999-08-17 | Sainz; Raymond | Carton and one-piece production blank therefor |
US5772030A (en) * | 1997-03-24 | 1998-06-30 | The Mead Corporation | Carton for packaging two tiers of articles |
US5868252A (en) * | 1997-05-15 | 1999-02-09 | The Mead Corporation | Divider panel with anchor panel window aperture |
US6012630A (en) * | 1997-10-23 | 2000-01-11 | Graphic Packaging Corporation | Container with multiple transverse dividers |
US6112977A (en) * | 1999-02-03 | 2000-09-05 | Riverwood International Corporation | Bottle carrier with dividers |
US20040018570A1 (en) * | 1999-09-01 | 2004-01-29 | Brown University | Kinase inhibitors and methods of use in screening assays and modulation of cell proliferation and growth |
US7168558B2 (en) * | 2003-12-02 | 2007-01-30 | Graphic Packaging International, Inc. | Carton with an interlocking divider pad |
US7195118B2 (en) * | 2004-01-30 | 2007-03-27 | Graphic Packaging International, Inc. | Beveled corner carton with an interlocking separator pad |
-
2000
- 2000-11-22 US US09/721,380 patent/US6649654B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2003
- 2003-02-28 US US10/376,470 patent/US7053119B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2006
- 2006-02-08 US US11/351,155 patent/US7399606B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2008
- 2008-07-09 US US12/217,940 patent/US20090054524A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6180681B1 (en) * | 1996-06-18 | 2001-01-30 | Consiglio Nazionale Delle Ricerche | 2-cyclopenten-1-one as an inducer of HSP70 |
US5844073A (en) * | 1997-07-03 | 1998-12-01 | Tularik Inc. | Human NIK proteins |
US6242253B1 (en) * | 1997-10-09 | 2001-06-05 | Regents Of The University Of California | IkB kinase, subunits thereof, and methods of using same |
US6689575B2 (en) * | 1997-10-09 | 2004-02-10 | The Regents Of The University Of California | IκB kinase, subunits thereof, and methods of using same |
US7189832B1 (en) * | 1998-08-20 | 2007-03-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Gamma subunit of cytokine responsive IκB-alpha kinase complex and methods of using same |
US6864224B1 (en) * | 1999-09-01 | 2005-03-08 | Brown University Research Foundation | Kinase inhibitors and methods of use in screening assays and modulation of cell proliferation and growth |
US6649654B1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2003-11-18 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors |
US7053119B2 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2006-05-30 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods for identifying and using IKK inhibitors |
US7399606B2 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2008-07-15 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods for identifying IκB Kinase (IKK) inhibitors |
US7175679B2 (en) * | 2001-03-29 | 2007-02-13 | Biotempt B.V. | Oligopeptide treatment of NF-κB mediated inflammation |
US20050187176A1 (en) * | 2003-10-10 | 2005-08-25 | Bates Paula J. | Method for inhibiting NF-kappa B signaling and use to treat or prevent human diseases |
US20070270392A1 (en) * | 2003-12-02 | 2007-11-22 | Imperial College Innovations Limited | Use of a Cyclopentenone Prostaglandin for Delaying the Onset and/or Preventing the Continuation of Labour |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8802680B2 (en) | 2011-06-29 | 2014-08-12 | The Penn State Research Foundation | Compositions, methods and kits for treating leukemia |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20060135603A1 (en) | 2006-06-22 |
US20030232888A1 (en) | 2003-12-18 |
US7399606B2 (en) | 2008-07-15 |
US6649654B1 (en) | 2003-11-18 |
US7053119B2 (en) | 2006-05-30 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7399606B2 (en) | Methods for identifying IκB Kinase (IKK) inhibitors | |
Lee et al. | Selective expression of mitogen-inducible cyclooxygenase in macrophages stimulated with lipopolysaccharide. | |
Rock et al. | The murine pantothenate kinase (Pank1) gene encodes two differentially regulated pantothenate kinase isozymes | |
US8426376B2 (en) | Angiogenesis inhibitor | |
JP2002502610A (en) | protein | |
Takano et al. | Complement C5b-9-mediated arachidonic acid metabolism in glomerular epithelial cells: role of cyclooxygenase-1 and-2 | |
Sawano et al. | 15-Deoxy-Δ12, 14-prostaglandin J2 inhibits IL-1β–induced cyclooxygenase-2 expression in mesangial cells | |
US20100247553A1 (en) | Goodpasture Antigen Binding Protein | |
JP2002516064A (en) | Human signaling serine / threonine kinase | |
WO1997018323A2 (en) | Cell-cycle checkpoint phosphatidylinositol- (pik-) related kinases, genes coding therefor and methods for assaying and modulating enzymatic activity | |
US6287834B1 (en) | Characterization and use of an isolated uridine diphospho-glucuronosyltransferase | |
AU9223198A (en) | Mammalian chk1 effector cell-cycle checkpoint protein kinase materials and methods | |
JPWO2004018669A1 (en) | Salt-inducible kinase 2 and uses thereof | |
EP1132092A1 (en) | Coupling factor 6 inhibitor and potentiator and use thereof | |
EP1311708B1 (en) | Method for identifying substances useful for treating inflammation using the response element to the ikappabaplha ror receptor | |
EP1329511A1 (en) | Polypeptide having phospholipase a2 actiivty | |
US20030059771A1 (en) | Compositions and methods related to the Rig tumor suppressor gene and protein | |
JP4516747B2 (en) | Test method for ability to promote insulin action | |
US20110275699A1 (en) | Treatment For Obesity And Diabetes | |
JP2006518995A (en) | Modulation of deubiquitinase family members | |
AU697340C (en) | Method and product for regulating cell responsiveness to external signals | |
JP2000197500A (en) | Nuclear factor kappa b activation inhibitor targeting tak1, and identification thereof | |
JPWO2002099110A1 (en) | Cell cycle regulator | |
JP2004500009A (en) | Peripheral benzodiazepine receptor-related proteins, cloned expression and methods of use thereof | |
Böing | Functions of Mediator and the RNA Polymerase II C-terminal Domain in Transcription Initiation |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SAN DIEGO;REEL/FRAME:022348/0730 Effective date: 20081117 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, CALIF Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:KARIN, MICHAEL;KAPAHI, PANKAJ;REEL/FRAME:023118/0782;SIGNING DATES FROM 20010426 TO 20010427 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |